b36887bf67b6569905ba548d189e1fb3e9cb22cc
jcasper
  Thu Mar 6 08:19:11 2025 -0800
Added hic to the list of bigDataUrl filetypes and linked from the hic trackDb
description to the hic help page, refs #35343

diff --git src/hg/htdocs/goldenPath/help/trackDb/trackDbLibrary.shtml src/hg/htdocs/goldenPath/help/trackDb/trackDbLibrary.shtml
index fb25eb88000..b144c704057 100644
--- src/hg/htdocs/goldenPath/help/trackDb/trackDbLibrary.shtml
+++ src/hg/htdocs/goldenPath/help/trackDb/trackDbLibrary.shtml
@@ -1,6806 +1,6808 @@
 <!-- trackDb documentation Library
   In order to reference trackDb type and setting descriptions in multiple documents, this library
   file is designed to hold the one definitive copy of the setting or type description.
 
   *** Go ahead and try your changes by following existing examples.  
       If you have questions, read the detailed explanation below.
 
   *** Your changes can be seen in hgwdev or your sandbox when they are in:
       /usr/local/apache/htdocs-{sandbox}/goldenPath/help/trackDb/
       A "make" should get them there.
 
   ALWAYS VIEW trackDbTestBlurbs.html AFTER MODIFYING THIS FILE !!!!!!!
 
   How to add/maintain this documentation:
   There are 2 essential parts to trackDb*.html DOCS: I) this LIBRARY and II) the HTML PAGES.
 
   I) This LIBRARY consists of DIVs that contain "blurbs" describing settings and types.
      Example:
         <DIV class="someSetting"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
         <div class="format"><code>someSetting &lt;minVal&gt;</code></div>
             <P>Both <code>bed</code> and <code>bigBed</code> type tracks
             use <code>someSetting</code> in combination with
             <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">visibility</A> to accomplish something.</P>
             <P><B>Example:</B></P>
             <pre>   someSetting 100</pre>
         </DIV>
   - Each "blurb" DIV should have the class={setting}.  There MUST be only one uniquely classed
     DIV for each setting or type.  NOTE: use class NOT id so that anchor links work.
     - Each "setting blurb" must contain a <span class="types..."> that lists the track types that
       this setting is relevant to.
     - Each setting blurb MUST contain a <div class="format"> that gives the exact format of the
       setting, wrapped in <code> tags.
     - The setting blurb should also contain an <B>Example:</B> followed by a preferably real life
       example wrapped in <PRE> tags.  Remeber multi-line <PRE> text will include the indents
       found in this file!
     - Some settings may refer to other settings and your blurb should include a link to the other
       setting, especially if that setting's blurb will appear at some distance in the document.
       Since all settings should have an anchor by the setting name, a "jumpTo" link to
       visibility setting can be accomplished as:
           <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">visibility</A>
       which is identical to
           <A HREF="#visibility">visibility</A>
     - Any setting or code that is not made into a <A> link should be wrapped with <code> tags.
   - "Type setting blurbs" are the same as other setting blurbs except that there should be a
      seperate "example blurb" DIV with class of type_example (e.g. <DIV class="bed_example">).
     This will allow a type definition to be followed by multiple type specific settings then
     be completed by the example that references those settings.
     - These example blurbs should also have a "class=format" DIV but in this case it contains a
       title to the example:  <div class="format"><B>Examples of item base types</B></div>.
     - Exmples should make use of <PRE> tags and preferrably multiple real life examples.
   - Document introductions and section introductions may also be shared by multiple documents
     and therefore may be included here as "intro blurb" DIVs as: <DIV class="bed_intro">.
     - intro DIVs do not contain a class="format" DIV.
   - Use trackDbTestBurbs.html to test blurbs you add or modify.  It runs javascript tests.
   HINT: It is the class={setting} that ties things togther.  If there is a need for multiple
   descriptions of the same setting, then create multiple blurb DIVs with different classes as:
     <DIV class="parent"> and <DIV class="parent_view">.
 
   II) Document HTML PAGES should include this trackDbLibrary.html with server side includes
   and wrapped in <DIV ID="library"> tags.
   - Documents may differ, but using trackDbDoc.html as the example, the setting
     documentation is organized into tables by trackDb "type", so that settings are documented in
     the context of their use.  The (usually) single cell rows contain the settings.
     The settings specification includes a <DIV> with a class attribute of value "format", and the 
     setting name embedded in <CODE> tags.  In the trackDbHub document, the <CODE> tag has
     a class whose value defines the support level for the setting, as 'class="level-*"', where '*'
     is one of the levels defined in the introduction of the trackDbHub document.
     Note: New settings should always be added to the current (highest version) trackDbHub document
     in this directory (e.g. trackDbHub.v2.html) and designated "level-new".
     Settings table row example for trackDbDoc.html:
         <TR VALIGN=TOP><TD class="someSetting"><A name="someSetting"><IMG class='toggle detail'>
             <div class="format"><code>someSetting</code></div>
         </TD></TR>
     Settings table row example for trackDbHub.v?.html:
         <TR VALIGN=TOP><TD class="someSetting"><A name="someSetting"><IMG class='toggle detail'>
             <div class="format"><code class="level-new">someSetting</code></div>
         </TD></TR>
     - Any setting may be referenced multiple times.  To reference a setting blurb, place it in
       a table cell that contains class={setting} and a <IMG class='toggle detail'> tag.
       When the user clicks on the [+] button toggle image, the library will be read to render
       the <DIV class="{setting}">.
     - The table cell should also contain the "format" DIV, so the user knows what they are
       requesting.  The format contained in the doc will be replaced by the one in the
       library at toggle, so the library has the final word on format.  In the example,
       <code>someSetting</code> is replaced by <code>someSetting &lt;minVal&gt;</code>.
     - The first (or best) reference to your library blurb should contain the one and only
       "named anchor" for that setting <A name="{setting}">.  This named anchor MUST be at
       the beginning of the cell, before the toggle image. NOTE: the named anchor for a type is
       often put at the start of the table that describes it.
     - Related settings can be grouped as a set of related rows by adding the "related" class
       to the TR.  The first such related row must have class="related1st" as:
           <TR class="related1st" VALIGN=TOP><TD class="directUrl"> ...
           <TR class="related" VALIGN=TOP><TD class="hgsid">
       Related rows toggle as a set and have faint dividers between them.  The final setting DIV
       of a related set should have an example for the whole set.
   - Each table of settings for a particular type or set of types should end in an example. The
     Example cell behaves similarly to the setting cells, except the row has a special class:
         <TR class="examples" VALIGN=TOP><TD class="bed_example">
             <A name="bed_Examples"><IMG class='toggle detail'>
   - Each table should be headed with an introduction as:
         <THEAD><TR><TD><DIV ID="bed_intro" class="intro"></DIV></TD></TR></THEAD>
     All DIVs of class "intro" will be read from the library (by ID) and rendered when the
     page is first loaded.
   - Each table of settings can begin with a "toggle oneSection" image as:
       <TR VALIGN=TOP><TH><IMG class='toggle oneSection'> bed/bigBed - Item or region track settings
     This toggle will toggle all cells in the table.
   - The document as a whole should contain a "toggle all" image as:
         <IMG class='toggle all' />&nbsp;<I>Open/close all details.</I>
     which will open and close all the table cells.
   - The document should include a "self-assembling table of contents".  This table will be
     built if
     - There is an empty table of ID="toc": <TABLE class="settingsTable" id="toc"></TABLE>
     - The $(document).ready() event calls: tdbDoc.tocAssemble(<delay>,[<exclude>]);
       - delay (ms) greater than zero will delay the start of the assembly for user responsiveness
       - <exclude> can be a comma separated list of settings (class={setting}) to exclude
     - The table will fill in a header and a row per settingsTable td that contains a "format" div.
       The table will include 3 columns: setting, types that call it (from the "types" span) and
       the ID of the table that includes the setting.  Use this ID to be descriptive:
       ID="Signal_Track_Settings".
   Additional text, table of contents, etc. may best be built into the document, not the library.
   Please make use of "named anchors" and "jumpTo" anchors.  Add uniquely named anchors and directly
   reference those anchors as needed.
 -->
 
 
 <!-- The trackDbLibrary.html has a <div>
      each setting organized roughly by track type  -->
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - COMMON settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="commonSettings_intro">
     The following settings, which must be defined for each trackDb record, are common to all
     data format types.  The first few settings are required for all tracks.  Some type-specific
     requirements will be mentioned in the appropriate sections to follow.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="track"><span class="types all"></span>
     <div class="format all"><code>track</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">Yes</span></P>
     <P>This is the name of
     the dataset and must be unique within the Genome Browser or
     dataHub.  Typically this is the MariaDB table name or remote data
     file root name (without path or suffix).  Must begin with a letter
     and contain only the following chars:
     [<code>a-zA-Z0-9_</code>].</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   track myFirstTrack</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="type"><span class="types all"></span>
     <div class="format"><code>type</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">Yes</span></P>
     <P>Declares the format of the data and is used to
     determine display methods and options.</P>
     <P>Valid settings:</P>
     <P>
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">altGraphX</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bam</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bed</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bed5FloatScore</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bedGraph</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bedRnaElements</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigBarChart</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigBed</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigInteract</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigLolly</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigPsl</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigChain</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigMaf</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigWig</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">broadPeak</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">chain</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">clonePos</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">coloredExon</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">ctgPos</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">downloadsOnly</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">encodeFiveC</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">expRatio</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">factorSource</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">genePred</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">gvf</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">hic</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">ld2</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">narrowPeak</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">netAlign</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">peptideMapping</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">psl</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">rmsk</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">snake</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">vcfTabix</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">wig</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">wigMaf</A></P>
     <P>Not all track types are supported in hubs. The types specifically
     supported are called out at the top of the Hub Track Database Definition
     page.  In many cases the type setting includes additional
     parameters to further specify the data format.  Some track types
     have additional setting requirements, to be discussed
     below.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   type bed 6 +</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="type_for_hubs"><span class="types all"></span>
     <div class="format"><code>type</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">Yes</span></P>
     <P>Declares the format of the data and is used to
     determine display methods and options.</P>
     <P>Valid settings:</P>
     <P>
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bam/cram</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigBarChart</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigBed</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigChain</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigInteract</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigLolly</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigMaf</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigPsl</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">bigWig</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">halSnake</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">hic</A>,
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">vcfTabix</A>,
     <P>Detailed descriptions of each type can be found
     below.  In many cases the type setting includes additional
     parameters to further specify the data format.  Some track types
     have additional setting requirements, to be discussed
     below.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   type bigBed 6 +</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="shortLabel"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>shortLabel</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">Yes</span></P>
     <P>Specifies the track's "short label", which is used in a
     number of places in the Browser to identify the track.  For
     example, the short label is displayed alongside the track in the Browser image.
     This label must be brief and
     is limited to 17 printable characters.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   shortLabel Human mRNAs</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="longLabel"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>longLabel</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">Yes</span></P>
     <P>Specifies the track's "long label", which is also used in
     numerous places in the Browser to identify a track.  For instance,
     the long label is displayed above the track's data in the Browser image.
     This label should be descriptive enough to
     allow users to uniquely identify the track within the Browser.  It
     is limited to 76 printable characters.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   longLabel Human mRNAs from GenBank</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="meta"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>meta</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: No</P>
     <P> Meta specifies the metadata tag for this track. This tag is a key into the metadata 
     table specified in either metaDb or metaTab in the genomes.txt file. The meta tag can be 
     any alphanumeric string. Each meta tag should appear in a trackDb stanza AND in either the 
     tab-separated file specified by metaTab, or tagStorm file specified by metaDb in the 
     hub's genomes.txt file. Examples on how to include metadata in your hubs can be found
     on the following <a href="/goldenPath/help/metadata.html">metadata guide</a>.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="visibility"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>visibility</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: No</P>
     <P>Visibility (i.e. "display mode") specifies which of 5 modes (including 'hide')
     should be used to display the track within the Browser image.  This setting is
     almost always dynamically customizable by each user.  The exact configuration of the
     display for each mode depends upon the track's type, and some modes may not be supported
     for certain track types. Please note visibility settings in composite subtracks are
     directly inherited from the parent. Therefore, any visibility lines added at the subtrack
     level of a composite will be ignored. Be sure to experiment with this setting to
     verify that it works as expected for your track type and track structure.</P>
     <P>Valid settings:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>hide</code>: DEFAULT. The track is not displayed in the Browser image unless
     the user changes the display setting.</LI>
     <LI><code>dense</code>: The track is displayed as a single line or
     ribbon.  In many cases multiple items are summarized or drawn on top of
     one another, and the long labels are not displayed.</LI>
     <LI><code>squish</code>: Each item is drawn individually, but at half height
     and without a label.  <i>(Not supported for all types.)</i></LI>
     <LI><code>pack</code>: Items are displayed individually at full height, but
     in a much more compact vertical space than in full mode.
     <i>(Not supported for all types.)</i></LI>
     <LI><code>full</code>: Each item is displayed as a separate line in the
     Browser image.  Graphed signals may be displayed in varying heights.</LI>
     </UL>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   visibility dense</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="html"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>html</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: No</P>
     <p>Use the <code>html path/to/explain.html</code> to specify the file
     that contains the complete description of a track in HTML format.
     The path of this file name is relative to the path of the trackDb file, or it
     can be a full URL. It is also possible to have the &quot;.html&quot; suffix implied,
     for instance just have <code>html explainFile</code>. To further simplify trackDb,
     if there is a file, <code>nameOfTrack.html</code>, in the same directory as the
     trackDb matching the name of the track, <code>track nameOfTrack</code>,
     then the html file does not need to be declared.
     <p>To help users understand Public Hub data, we request you provide
     a web page that explains what your Track Hub is presenting.
     Adding an html page for your Track Hub is also useful to instruct people 
     on how to cite your data.</p>
     <p>To be consistent with standard Genome Browser track descriptions, html for tracks
     should contain several sections as seen below. Here is a link to an 
     <a href="../examples/hubExamples/templatePage.html" 
     target="_blank">example template</a> that you can use.</p>
     <div class="indent1">
     <p><b>Description</b></p>
     <p class="indent1">A few sentences describing the track.</p>
     <p><b>Display Conventions and Configuration</b></p>
     <P class="indent1">If the track has colors, or unusual display properties,
     explain them in this section, or how to configure special settings.</p>
     <p><b>Methods</b></p>
     <p class="indent1">This section can explain data-handling algorithms,
     or the significance of scores if generated in a special fashion.</p>
     <p><b>Credits</b></p>
     <P class="indent1">This section helps people find the contacts
     for questions about the data. Please include an email or laboratory web page.</p>
     <p><b>References</b></p>
     <P class="indent1">Relevant publications regarding the data.</p>
     </div>
     <p><b>Example:</b></p>
     <pre>    html docs/myFirstTrack.html</pre>
     Or with full path:
     <pre>    html https://path/to/location/docs/explainMyData.html</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="lessCommon_intro">
     <H3>Common, though less frequently used settings</H3>
     The following settings are available for many or all track types but are less frequently used.
     Most are optional, but some may be required for specific track
     types or in specific situations.<BR><BR>
     <div class="hintBox">
         <I><B>Inside hint:</B></I><I> The ra file
         format supports  '<code>\</code>' continuation characters.  If the
         setting is long or complex, break it into several lines using
         terminating '<code>\</code>' characters to make it more readable.
         </I>
     </div>
     <BR>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="linkDataUrl"><span class="types bigChain "></span>
 <div class="format"><code>linkDataUrl &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">For Hubs</span></P>
     <P>The location of a remote data file containing the chain link data.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="lollyField"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>lollyField &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     Use the given field as the height of the lollipop.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="noStems"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>noStems &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     Don't draw the stems of the lollipops.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="lollySizeField"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>lollySizeField &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     Use the given field as the size of the lollipop, measured in percentage of the total available drawing area.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="lollyMaxSize"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>lollyMaxSize &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     The maximum size of a lollipop in the file, used to establish margins.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="yAxisLabel"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>yAxisLabel.&lt;integer&gt; &lt;integer&gt; &lt;on/off&gt; &lt;R,G,B&gt; &lt;string&gt; </code></div>
     Add a label on the y axis at the given position. Draw a line of color if requested.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="yAxisNumLabels"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>yAxisNumLabels.&lt;on/off&gt; &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     Turn the y axis number labels on or off
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigDataUrl"><span class="types bigBarChart bigBed bigChain bigInteract bigLolly bigMaf bigPsl bigWig bam hic vcfTabix vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bigDataUrl &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P class="isRequired">Required: <span class="red">For Hubs</span></P>
     <P>The location of a remote data file containing the bulk of the data for the track.
     This setting is required for all data tracks in a track hub.  </P>  
 <!-- THIS SHOULD BE FIXED for local tracks! -->
     <P>The setting is either the full URL (including <code>http:</code> or another protocol)
     or it is relative to the directory in which the trackDb file containing this setting
     is located.  The file must be in one of
-    the supported remote data file formats: bam/cram, bigBarChart, bigBed, bigChain, bigLolly, bigInteract, bigMaf, bigPsl, bigGenePred, bigNarrowPeak, bigWig or
-    vcfTabix.  Note that bam/cram and vcfTabix/vcfPhasedTrio types require a separate
+    the supported remote data file formats: bam/cram, bigBarChart, bigBed, bigChain, bigLolly,
+    bigInteract, bigMaf, bigPsl, bigGenePred, bigNarrowPeak, bigWig, vcfTabix, or hic.
+    Note that bam/cram and vcfTabix/vcfPhasedTrio types require a separate
     index file that must have the same name as the data file plus a
     standard suffix (".bai" and ".tbi" respectively), unless <A
     <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">bigDataIndex</A> is used.
     All occurrences of the  string <code>$D</code> in the URL will be
     substituted with the genome assembly database name.  This allows a
     trackDb entry to be used with for multiple assemblies.  <code>$D</code>
     substitution is not implemented for track hubs.
 
     </P> <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   bigDataUrl http://vizhub.wustl.edu/VizHub/hg19/biBrainH3K4me1.bb</pre>
     &nbsp;&nbsp;or
     <pre>   bigDataUrl biBrainH3K4me1.bb</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigDataIndex"><span class="types bam vcfTabix vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bigDataIndex &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The location of a remote data file containing the index. This setting
     can be used when the index cannot be placed alongside the big data file,
     e.g. because of restricted access permissions or due to file name constraints.
     <P>The setting is either the full URL (including <code>http:</code> or another protocol)
     or it is relative to the directory in which the trackDb file containing this setting
     is located.  The file must be in one of
     the supported index data file formats: bai (BAM index) or tbi (tabix index).
 
     </P> <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   bigDataIndex http://vizhub.wustl.edu/VizHub/hg19/biBrainH3K4me1.bam.bai</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="boxedCfg"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>boxedCfg &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS</I></P> says Jim, but why not. Already used. -->
     <P>Configuration controls can be placed inside a
     box on the configuration page.  This setting is decorative only,
     but can make a busy page look more cohesive.  Not all
     track types currently support this feature, but the most common types do, including
     wig, bigWig, bed, and bigBed. DEFAULT: off.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   boxedCfg on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="canPack"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>canPack &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Deprecated.</I></P>
     <P>Most tracks can be displayed in all five
     visibilities modes.  However on some track types such as
     wiggles, the <code>squish</code> and <code>pack</code> modes offer no real advantage
     over the <code>dense</code> and <code>full</code> modes. By default, these tracks will
     not offer the <code>squish</code> and <code>pack</code> vilibility settings.
     Nevertheless, you can make your track offer
     these visibility choices by turning canPack on.  Note: subtracks
     of composites will always offer all five choices.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   canPack on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="color"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>color &lt;red,green,blue&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Many track types allow the color of the data displayed in the image to be specified with 
     this setting.  The setting accepts
     red, green and blue values, each in the range of 0-255 and delimited by commas.  
     Though this setting is widely supported, some track types in certain display modes
     ignore it, such as the EST tracks in dense mode.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   color 255,0,0</pre>
     <P>This example sets the color to red.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="altColor"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>altColor &lt;red,green,blue&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Many track types allow setting a color range that varies from <code>color</code> to
     <code>altColor</code>.  For instance the CpG Island tracks use the <code>altColor</code>
     setting to display the weaker islands, while the stronger ones are rendered in
     <code>color</code>.  If <code>altColor</code> is not specified, the system will
     use a color halfway between that specified in the <code>color</code> tag
     and white instead. Tracks using <code>altColor</code> with the windowing function
     &quot;mean+whiskers&quot; will see the shading of colors impacted, with lighter
     shades for values within a standard deviation around the mean, most noticeable when zoomed out
     and average calculations are taking place.</p>
 </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   altColor 0,0,255</pre>
     <P>This example sets the alternate color to blue.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chromosomes"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chromosomes &lt;chr1,chr2,...&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Some datasets do not contain data for all
     chromosomes of a genome.  When this is true, use this setting as a
     comma-separated list of the chromosomes that are covered. The system
     displays a message that no data is available when the user browses
     chromosomes not included in this list.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   chromosomes chr1,chr7,chr18,chr19,chr22,chrX,chrM</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="configureByPopup"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>configureByPopup &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>Most track displays that can be configured by a user can also be
     configured from directly within the
     Browser image through a right-click option that pops up
     a configuration dialog.  While this functionality works on the
     majority of track types, some configuration dialogs are too
     complex or have too much embedded javascript control to be reliably
     configured through a pop-up.  To turn off the ability to configure the track
     via right-click, change this setting to "off".  The user will still be able to
     configure the track on the track's configuration page. DEFAULT: on.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   configureByPopup off</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="darkerLabels"><span class="types all"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>darkerLabels on</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>If this setting is "on", the color of the left labels on the track display will 
     have a somewhat darker color than the track display itself.  This can be useful
     where the track color (which may have been chosen to adhere to external conventions) is too
     light for readable labels.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dataVersion"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>dataVersion &lt;str&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Many tracks undergo multiple revisions over time.  In some cases,
     the older versions should be retained, but even if they are not, it can be
     useful to declare the current version of the track.  Use
     this setting to display a version statement on the track
     configuration page and item details page of a track.  The string
     will support limited HTML. For native tracks, not track hubs, 
     this setting can also be a local absolute filename to read the version 
     string from.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   dataVersion May 2011 &lt;em&gt;beta&lt;/em&gt;</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="directUrl"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><I>Related settings:</I><BR>
     <code>directUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>By default, items shown in the Browser image can be linked to a details page giving
     information about that item.  The link can
     instead go to the URL declared here.  The URL is formatted as a
     printf line including the following fields in this order:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>%s - item name</LI>
     <LI>%s - chromosome name</LI>
     <LI>%d - chromosome start position (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>%d - chromosome end position (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>%s - track name</LI>
     <LI>%s - database name</LI>
     </UL>
     <P><I>Not all fields need be present, but those present must be in this
     order, and if a later field is present, all earlier fields must be used.</I>
     The URL can either be a full external URL or local to the web site.</P>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>   directUrl http://mygenes.org/cgi-bin/geneView/%s</pre>
     &nbsp;&nbsp;or
     <pre>   directUrl /cgi-bin/hgGene?hgg_gene=%s&hgg_chrom=%s&hgg_start=%d&hgg_end=%d&hgg_type=%s&db=%s</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hgsid"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hgsid on</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>The "cart" is a hidden table
     that contains the persistent selections that users have
     made in the Genome Browser.  To ensure your directUrl has
     access to these cart settings, include the user's
     Browser ID with this setting.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     directUrl /cgi-bin/hgGene?hgg_gene=%s&amp;hgg_chrom=%s&amp;hgg_start=%d&amp;hgg_end=%d&amp;hgg_type=%s&amp;db=%s
     hgsid on    </pre>
     <P>In this example the URL specified by <code>directUrl</code> will have the user's
     Browser ID appended so that cart settings will be available.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="iframeUrl"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>iframeUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting allows integrating an external html page into the default details page, as an iframe. The usual replacement variables can be used within this URL:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>$$ - ID, will be replaced by the <code>name</code>
     of an item or other string id depending upon the fields in the
     given track's type.</LI>
     <LI>$T - database table name</LI>
     <LI>$S - chromomosome name (scaffold name on
     scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>$[ - left-most position of current viewing window (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$] - right-most position of current viewing window (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>${ - start location of clicked item (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$} - end location of clicked item (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>$s - chromosome name without <i>chr</i> prefix (or without <i>scaffold_</i> or 
     <i>Scaffold_</i> prefix on scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>  $D - database name (e.g. "hg19")</LI>
     <LI>  $P - item name portion before first : in name</LI>
     <LI>  $p - item name portion after first : in name up to next colon</LI>
     <LI>  $taxId - NCBI Taxon ID of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     <LI>  $n - Scientific Name of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     </UL>
 
     <P>The URL can either be a full external URL or local to the web site.</P>
 
     <P>In HTML, iframes cannot be resized easily, so the default static size is 1024 pixels. This can be
     changed with <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">iframeOptions</A></P>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     iframeUrl https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/nuccore/$$
     iframeOptions height='600' width='1024'</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="iframeOptions"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>iframeOptions &lt;string&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">iframeUrl</A> is used, this
     statement specifies a string that is inserted literally into the
     HTML &lt;iframe&gt; tag. It can include options needed for iframe formatting,
     like width, height, scrolling, etc.
     </P>
 
     <P>If the statement is not present, the default is <code>width='100%' height='1024'</code>.</P>
 
     <P>Note: dynamic resizing of iframes is not trivial, as they have to
     be resized with javascript, across domains. We recommend keeping
     the size static and to use scrollbars.
 
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   iframeOptions width='800' height='800' scrolling='yes'</pre>
     </pre>
     <P>This example fixes the size to 800x800 pixels and activates scrollbars.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="directUrl_for_hubs"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>directUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>By default, items shown in the Browser image can be linked to a details page giving
     information about that item.  The link can
     instead go to the URL declared here.  The URL is formatted as a
     printf line including the following fields in this order:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>%s - item name</LI>
     <LI>%s - chromosome name</LI>
     <LI>%d - chromosome start position (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>%d - chromosome end position (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>%s - track name</LI>
     <LI>%s - database name</LI>
     </UL>
     <P><I>Not all fields need be present, but those present must be in this
     order, and if a later field is present, all earlier fields must be used.</I>
     The URL can either be a full external URL or local to the web site.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   directUrl http://mygenes.org/cgi-bin/geneView/%s</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="downloadUrl"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>downloadUrl &lt;label&gt; &lt;URL&gt;</code></div>
     <P>While description HTML pages can contain download instructions, having external file
     download links directly specified in trackDb makes it possible show these links 
     outside the description HTML pages. The URLs here are shown above the description page,
     right under the "data format" link. The <tt>label</tt> can be any string and 
     the URL should be absolute, including the server. Either one can contain spaces, but they must
     be double-quoted then.
     </P>
     <P>This is one of the few statements that can be specified multiple times. In this case, all 
     statements must have a .number suffix, e.g. .1, .2, ... </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   downloadUrl GFF https://mywebsite.com/ucscTrack.gff.gz</pre>
     <B>or</B><br>
     <pre>   downloadUrl.1 "GFF Format" https://mywebsite.com/ucscTrack.gff.gz</pre>
     <pre>   downloadUrl.2 "BED Format" https://mywebsite.com/ucscTrack.bed.gz</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="otherSpecies"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>otherSpecies &lt;otherSpecies&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The name of the other assembly in the pairwise alignment for this track. </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   otherSpecies tweeter</pre>
     <P>The other species (other than the reference) in the alignment is the tweeter assembly in the same HAL file.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="otherDb"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>otherDb &lt;otherDb&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Track types that show pairwise alignments often need to declare the other
     species/assembly included in the alignment. Types that use this setting include
     bed, chain, netAlign, psl and snake.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   otherDb mm10</pre>
     <P>This example sets the second assembly in the alignment to the mouse mm10 assembly.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="otherTwoBitUrl"><span class="types chain bigChain psl bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>otherTwoBitUrl &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P>For pairwise alignment tracks this can specify where to find the query sequence
     This setting can be used in psl, bigPsl, chain, and bigChain tracks.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   otherTwoBitUrl https://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/goldenPath/hg38/bigZips/hg38.2bit</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="origAssembly"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>origAssembly &lt;db&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>The original assembly version for which the dataset was
     generated.  Datasets generated by mapping to one genome
     assembly may prove useful enough to map to a more recent assembly.
     Ideally datasets will be regenerated to map
     to the new assemblies coordinates, but sometimes this is not
     practical or expedient. Therefore, the dataset may have its genome
     coordinates "lifted over" to the more recent assembly.
         In some cases this results in an inferior but nevertheless useful
     representation.  Such datasets should have their original assembly
     defined with this setting.</P>
     <P><B>Example: </B>
     </P>
     <pre>   origAssembly hg18</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pennantIcon"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pennantIcon &lt;iconFile&gt;/&lt;text color&gt; [html [tip]] 
 [; &lt;iconFile&gt;/&lt;text color&gt; [html [tip]]]</code></div>
     <P>Certain tracks can be visually flagged in the Browser menu by use of an icon or text label 
     and a link to a description of the flags meaning.  The icon is displayed next to the track's
     short label in the track groups section below the Browser image, and on the track's 
     description and configuration pages. Multiple pennantIcons can be added on a single track by
     separating each entry with a semicolon ';'.
     This setting has three parts:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>icon -  Can be fully qualified URL (http, https, ftp) to an image file,  or the name of an image in the Browser's images directory in the 
     Browser source tree.</LI>
     <LI>text - A single word label. Case is ignored; the label is displayed capitalized lower case.</LI>
     <LI>color - An HTML color name to color the text label</LI>
     <LI>html - A relative or full html path to a description document explaining the
     icon's meaning.  This page displays when the user clicks on the icon.</LI>
     <LI>tip - A "quoted string" tip that will be seen
     when the user's mouse pointer hovers over the icon.</LI>
     </UL>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>    pennantIcon 18.jpg ../goldenPath/help/liftOver.html "lifted from hg18"</pre>
     <pre>    pennantIcon New red ../goldenPath/releaseLog.html "Released October 19, 2017"</pre>
     <pre>    pennantIcon 19.jpg liftOver.html "lifted hg19"; p12 black http://genome.ucsc.edu/patches/ "annotations patch"</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="priority"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>priority &lt;float&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The priority is used to define the order of a track within its track group or 
     data hub, as well as its default order within the Browser image.  
     The order within the image can be dynamically changed by the user and
     will always depend upon which other tracks are currently visible.
     Typically the priority is set only for tracks that are on by default in order to move them 
     ahead of other tracks. 
     Prioritized tracks within a group or data hub are displayed in ascending priority order, 
     followed by unprioritized tracks sorted alphabetically by short label. Tracks of the same 
     priority within a group or hub are sorted by short label.  
     Priority is a floating point number. Default: 0.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   priority 50</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="release"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>release &lt;alpha/beta/public&gt;[,beta/public]</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This specifies the version of the Browser where the
     track will be displayed. It can contain any combination of the three
     values:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>alpha - displayed on the alpha Browser (aka
     genome-test, hgwdev)</LI>
     <LI>beta - displayed on the beta Browser (aka
     hgwbeta)</LI>
     <LI>public - released on the public Browser
     (aka genome.ucsc.edu)</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>Default: alpha,beta,public (all three Browsers).</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   release alpha,beta</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="table"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>table &lt;tableName&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>The track setting of most tracks is the same as
     the table name. However, in some cases it is desirable to
     reference the same table in more than one track.
     An example of this is showing a table as a single signal track and
     as part of a combination overlay track, as described later in this
     document.  For data contained in MariaDB tables, this setting must be used
     if the <code>track</code> setting is not the name of the table.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     track mySecondTrack
     table myFirstTable    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="tableBrowser"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>tableBrowser &lt;off/on/noGenome/tbNoGenome&gt; [table1 ...]</code></div>
     <P>The Table Browser (and <a href=../api.html target=_blank>REST API</a>)
     typically allow querying and downloading of
     some or all of the raw data for a track. The <code>off</code> value blocks
     all API getData operations and Table Browser access to datasets with
     restrictions
     (for example, those with confidentiality or licensing limitations).  
     The <code>tbNoGenome</code> value allows unrestricted API getData
     operations, while limiting the table browser queries within specific
     genomic regions, but not genome-wide.
     The <code>noGenome</code> value prohibits API getData operations, while
     allowing table browser queries within specific genomic regions, but not
     genome-wide.  By naming additional tables in this setting, access to those 
     tables can be denied as well.</P>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>   tableBrowser off decipherRaw knownToDecipher</pre>
     <P>The table for this track, as well as the decipherRaw and knownToDecipher tables, 
     are blocked from Table Browser access.</P>
     <pre>   tableBrowser noGenome omimAv omimAvRepl</pre>
     <p>Genome-wide queries are disabled for the track table as well as omimAv and omimAvRepl.
     Queries on genomic regions are permitted.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="url"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>url &lt;url&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>urlLabel &lt;label&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>idInUrlSql &lt;sql for id&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Many tracks allow an external link when an
     individual track data item is examined.  Use this setting to put a
     link to an external URL on the details page.  The url may include
     wildcards that will be substituted with values from the track data
     or other Browser variables:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>$$ - ID, will be replaced by the <code>name</code>
     of an item or other string id depending upon the fields in the
     given track's type.</LI>
     <LI>$T - database table name</LI>
     <LI>$S - chromomosome name (scaffold name on
     scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>$[ - left-most position of current viewing window (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$] - right-most position of current viewing window (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>${ - start location of clicked item (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$} - end location of clicked item (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>$s - chromosome name without <i>chr</i> prefix (or without <i>scaffold_</i> or 
     <i>Scaffold_</i> prefix on scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>  $D - database name (e.g. "hg19")</LI>
     <LI>  $P - item name portion before first : in name</LI>
     <LI>  $p - item name portion after first : in name, up to next colon</LI>
     <LI>  $taxId - NCBI Taxon ID of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     <LI>  $n - Scientific Name of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     <LI>$&lt;fieldName&gt; - For bigBed based tracks only (so excluding vcf, vcfPhasedTrio, bam/cram and hic), substitute the &lt;fieldName&gt; value from the bigBed.</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>The default prompt the user will see for this url is "outside link:".  Use
     <code>urlLabel</code> to provide a more informative prompt.
     </P>
     <P>For local (non-hub) tracks, an additional setting can be used to find an ID
     from another table based upon the item name or id from the track's
     table.  The value found will replace the "<code>$$</code>" token in the <code>url</code>.
         Note that the format of this trackDb setting is a normal C
     language format so that the item will replace the "%s"
     token in the sql statement.</P>
     <!-- DONNA - I don't quite understand the idInUrlSql usage 
     TIM responds: By default the ID is the bed column 'name'.  That is what the $$ token
     gets replaced with in the url provided.  The idInUrlSql allows having a separate table
     in the mysql database that holds an alternate id.  No doubt this setting was for a 
     special case added by one engineer for one specific result.  Nevertheless, it is now one 
     of our many settings I needed to document.  So if a wrangler has a case where the 
     'name' in their bed table can be used to look up a different name in a different table, 
     AND that different name is what they need use as an id in their url, THEN this is 
     the obscure setting for them. -->
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     url https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/htbin-post/Entrez/query?form=4&amp;db=$n&amp;term=$$&amp;extra=$&lt;field2&gt;
     urlLabel NCBI Details:
     idInUrlSql select name from sibTxGraph where id=%s    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="url_for_hubs"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>url &lt;url&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>urlLabel &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Many tracks allow an external link when an
     individual track data item is examined.  Use this setting to put a
     link to an external URL on the details page.  The url may include
     wildcards that will be substituted with values from the track data
     or other Browser variables:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI>$$ - ID, will be replaced by the <code>name</code>
     of an item or other string id depending upon the fields in the
     given track's type.</LI>
     <LI>$T - database table name</LI>
     <LI>$S - chromomosome name (scaffold name on
     scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>$[ - left-most position of current viewing window (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$] - right-most position of current viewing window (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>${ - start location of clicked item (relative to zero)</LI>
     <LI>$} - end location of clicked item (relative to one)</LI>
     <LI>$s - chromosome name without <i>chr</i> prefix (or without <i>scaffold_</i> or 
     <i>Scaffold_</i> prefix on scaffold assemblies)</LI>
     <LI>  $D - database name (e.g. "hg19")</LI>
     <LI>  $P - item name portion before first : in name</LI>
     <LI>  $p - item name portion after first : in name, up to next colon</LI>
     <LI>  $taxId - NCBI Taxon ID of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     <LI>  $n - Scientific Name of current organism (from hgCentral.dbDb)</LI>
     <LI>$&lt;fieldName&gt; - For bigBed based tracks only (so excluding vcf, vcfPhasedTrio, bam/cram and hic), substitute the &lt;fieldName&gt; value from the bigBed for this item. Note the preceding '$' before the brackets.</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>The default prompt the user will see for this url is "outside link:".  Use
     <code>urlLabel</code> to provide a more informative prompt.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     url https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/htbin-post/Entrez/query?form=4&amp;db=$n&amp;term=$$&amp;extra=$&lt;field2&gt;
     urlLabel NCBI Details:    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="urls"><span class="types bigBed bigBarChart"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>urls &lt;fieldName1&gt;="&lt;url1&gt;" &lt;fieldName2&gt;="&lt;url2&gt;" ...</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>This is similar to the <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">url</A> tag, but allows urls on fields
     that are not the "name" field. Use this statement if you need multiple
     linkouts on the details page or if your linkout is not
     based on the name field. </P>
     <P>
     Put the identifiers for these links into extended
     bigBed fields as explained in example 3 of the <a href="/goldenPath/help/bigBed.html#Ex3">bigBed documentation</a>.
     The field names from your .as file are the field names referenced in this statement.
     The urls in this statement support the same wildcards as the <A
     onclick="jumpTo(this)" href="#url">url</a> statement.  Make sure to enclose
     the URLs in double quotes.  The default label for the identifier is the field
     description in the .as file (all text after the # mark). 
     </P> 
     <p>The field can contain multiple values, separated by a comma "," where multiple links
     will then be created on each item. For instance, a &quot;pmid&quot; field with an
     entry &quot;11932250,34718705&quot; would create two links.</p>
     <p>
     If an entry of comma-separated values contains a &quot;|&quot; symbol, the part before the
     pipe symbol is used to replace the $$ wildcard and the part after it is used as the label,
     as opposed to the default label description in the .as file. This pipe substitution
     is similar to how Wikipedia markup encodes links. In the example below, a value for the
     field pmid of &quot;11932250|W James Kent&quot; would create a link with the URL
     https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11932250 and the label &quot;W James Kent&quot;.</p>
 
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     urls pmid="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/$$" spId="http://www.uniprot.org/uniprot/$$"
     </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="skipEmptyFields"><span class="types bigBed bigPsl bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigMaf bigChain"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>skipEmptyFields on</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>If this setting is "on", the item details page will not show fields that
     have empty values. This can be useful when you have numerous extra
     fields but only few of them have a value.</P> 
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="skipFields"><span class="types bigBed bigPsl bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigMaf bigChain"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>skipFields &lt;fieldName1&gt;="&lt;url1&gt;" &lt;fieldName2&gt;="&lt;url2&gt;" ...</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>This setting can be used to suppress extra fields on the item details page.
     It can be useful if you do not want to show fields that are only used for mouseOvers or labels.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     skipFields mouseOver,labelField,hiddenField
     </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="sepFields"><span class="types bigBed bigPsl bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigMaf bigChain"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>sepFields fieldName1,fieldName2 ...</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>This setting changes the item details page and splits the table used for showing extra fields
     before any of the specified fields.
     It can be useful to visually separate extra fields into logical categories.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     sepFields pmid,spId
     </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mouseOverField"><span class="types bigBed bigPsl bigChain bigMaf bigNarrowPeak bigGenePred"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>mouseOverField &lt;fieldName1&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
         
     <P>For bigBed files with more than 8 fields (not counting any extra bigBed fields), 
     this adds mouse over text that
     are different from the "name" field of a bigBed file.  If the field is empty
     then the mouse over will fallback to the name field. </P>
     <P>
     To make this work, create a bigBed file with at least 8 columns and put the
     text for the mouse over into an extra bigBed field as
     explained in example 3 of the <a href="/goldenPath/help/bigBed.html">bigBed documentation</a>.
     The field name from your .as file is the field name for this statement.
     </P> 
 
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     mouseOverField comment
     </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mouseOver"><span class="types bigBed bigPsl bigChain bigMaf bigNarrowPeak bigGenePred"></span>
     <div class="format">
         <code>mouseOver &lt;pattern&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>For bigBed files with more than 8 fields (not counting any extra bigBed fields), 
     this adds mouse over text 
     from a pattern based on the values
     of fields in the file.  The pattern is constructed with fieldnames from the .as file, 
     preceded by the dollar sign ($) and optional curly braces ({}), and can include arbitrary 
     text between the field names. When field names may be prefixes or overlap with one another, 
     as in the below example, curly braces can be used to more clearly define the field name to be used.</P>
 
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     mouseOver variant $name/$chrom:${chromStart} value $score
     </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="multiRegionsBedUrl"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>multiRegionsBedUrl &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting causes a link to appear on the track configuration and items details pages to
 launch a 
 <a target="_blank" href="https://genome.ucsc.edu/goldenPath/help/multiRegionHelp.html">
 multi-region custom regions view</a>, 
 where the regions are defined by the file supplied 
 as an argument to the setting.  
 It is useful for tracks with sparse annotations in the genome.
 The file must be 
 <a target="_blank" href="https://genome.ucsc.edu/FAQ/FAQformat.html#format1">BED format</a>,
 and should contain a limited number (e.g. 2 to 10) regions of 
 interest for the track. 
 It can be BED 3 format (chrom, start, end), but may have any number of 
 additional fields.  
 When the link is clicked, a companion custom track is also created in order to
 highlight and title the displayed regions.   
 If the name field (field 4) is present in the BED file, the name for each region 
 will be displayed in the custom track.
     <P><B>Example</B></P>
     <pre>    multiRegionsBedUrl covidMuts.regions.bed</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wgEncode"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>wgEncode on</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This setting designates an ENCODE track. It activates the following special features:
     <UL>
     <li>Special thumbnail (NHGRI helix) is displayed before the track label in the brower track menu</li>
     <li>ENCODE logo is displayed on track configuration page
     <li>'Downloads' and 'Preview' browser links shown in upper right portion of track configuration page
     <li>Track description includes a note about data on preview browser
     <li>'downloads' and 'metadata' links appear after 'View table:' on track details page
     </UL>
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   wgEncode on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - BED/BIGBED settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bed_intro">
 <H3>bed/bigBed: Item or region tracks</H3>
     <P>Some of the most
     common track types are those that highlight regions or items of
     varying size in a genome assembly.  There are many variations to the
     "items" track, most of which are specified with a bed or
     bigBed format.  These two formats are really a cluster of many
     formats all starting with three common fields (chromosome start end)
     and having optionally many more fields.  For complete bed or bigBed
     format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html">FAQ</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigChain_intro">
 <H3>bigChain: Genome-wide Pairwise Alignments</H3>
     <P>
     The bigChain format describes a pairwise alignment that allow gaps in both sequences simultaneously, just as Chain files do, but bigChain files are compressed and indexed as bigBeds. bigChain files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special AutoSQL file that defines the fields of the bigChain. The resulting bigChain files are in an indexed binary format. The main advantage of the bigChain files is that only portions of the files needed to display a particular region are transferred to UCSC. So for large data sets, bigChain is considerably faster than regular Chain files. The bigChain file remains on your web accessible server (http, https, or ftp), not on the UCSC server. Only the portion that is needed for the chromosomal position you are currently viewing is locally cached as a "sparse file".
     For complete bigChain format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../bigChain.html">bigChain help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigPsl_intro">
 <H3>bigPsl: Pairwise Alignments</H3>
     <P>
     The bigPsl format stores alignments between two sequences, as PSL files do, but they are compressed and indexed as bigBeds. bigPsl files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special AutoSQL file that defines the fields of the bigPsl. The resulting bigPsl files are in an indexed binary format. The main advantage of the bigPsl files is that only portions of the files needed to display a particular region are transferred to UCSC. So for large data sets, bigPsl is considerably faster than regular PSL files. The bigPsl file remains on your web accessible server (http, https, or ftp), not on the UCSC server. Only the portion that is needed for the chromosomal position you are currently viewing is locally cached as a "sparse file".
     For complete bigPsl format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../bigPsl.html">bigPsl help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigGenePred_intro">
 <H3>bigGenePred: Gene Annotations</H3>
     <P>
     The bigGenePred format stores annotation items that are a linked collection of exons, much as BED files indexed as bigBeds do, but bigGenePred has additional information about the coding frames and other gene specific information in eight additional fields.
 
     bigGenePred files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special AutoSQL file that defines the fields of the bigGenePred. The resulting bigBed files are in an indexed binary format. The main advantage of the bigBed files is that only portions of the files needed to display a particular region are transferred to UCSC. So for large data sets, bigBed is considerably faster than regular BED files. The bigBed file remains on your web accessible server (http, https, or ftp), not on the UCSC server. Only the portion that is needed for the chromosomal position you are currently viewing is locally cached as a "sparse file".
     For complete bigGenePred format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../bigGenePred.html">bigGenePred help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigNarrowPeak_intro">
 <H3>bigNarrowPeak: Peaks</H3>
     <P>
     The bigNarrowPeak format stores peaks over a range with a single basepair central peak. bigNarrowPeak files are based on the bigBed format.  The first six fields are the same as bed.  The other four include three scores, and the base-pair offset of the central peak.
 
     bigNarrowPeak files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special AutoSQL file that defines the fields of the bigNarrowPeak. The resulting bigBed files are in an indexed binary format. The main advantage of the bigBed files is that only portions of the files needed to display a particular region are transferred to UCSC. So for large data sets, bigBed is considerably faster than regular BED files. The bigBed file remains on your web accessible server (http, https, or ftp), not on the UCSC server. Only the portion that is needed for the chromosomal position you are currently viewing is locally cached as a "sparse file".
     For complete bigNarrowPeak format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../bigNarrowPeak.html">bigNarrowPeak help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigMaf_intro">
 <H3>bigMaf: Multiple Alignments</H3>
     <P>
         The bigMaf format stores multiple alignments in a format compatible with MAF files, which are then compressed and indexed as bigBeds. bigMaf files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special AutoSQL file that defines the fields of the bigMaf. The resulting bigMaf files are in an indexed binary format. The main advantage of the bigMaf files is that only portions of the files needed to display a particular region are transferred to UCSC. So for large data sets, bigMaf is considerably faster than regular MAF files. The bigMaf file remains on your web accessible server (http, https, or ftp), not on the UCSC server. Only the portion that is needed for the chromosomal position you are currently viewing is locally cached as a "sparse file".
     For complete bigMaf format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../bigMaf.html">bigMaf help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigBed_intro">
 <H3>bigBed: Item or region tracks</H3>
     <P>Some of the most
     common track types are those that highlight regions or items of
     varying size in a genome assembly.  There are many variations to the
     "items" track, most of which can be represented with a bigBed format.  
     This format is really a cluster of many
     formats all starting with three common fields (chromosome start end)
     and having optionally many more fields.  For complete bigBed
     format definitions please see the 
     <A HREF="../bigBed.html">bigBed help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="halSnake_intro">
 <H3>halSnake -- Multiple Alignments in a HAL file</H3>
     <P>
     HAL is a file generated by the Cactus Progressive Alignment Suite, see 
     <A HREF="https://github.com/glennhickey/progressiveCactus">Cactus github page</A>.</P>
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="halSnake"><span class="types halSnake"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type halSnake</code></div>
     <P>If the <code>bigDataUrl</code> setting is included, the data at the location
     specified by that URL will be
     displayed. Otherwise, a database table with a single column <code>fileName</code>
     can specify the location of a local file or a URL.
     If the database table includes a column <code>seqName</code>, a different
     VCF file or URL can be specified for each assembly sequence.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bed"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bed &lt;3-12&gt; [+/.]</code><BR>
     <code>type bigBed &lt;3-12&gt; [+/.]</code></div>
     <P>Both bed and bigBed
     declare the number of standard bed fields in the data.  
     Additional fields may follow these standard ones.  If so, the
     type should end with a '<code>+</code>' (plus).  Even if there are not
     additional non-standard fields, the additional parameter '<code>.</code>' (dot)
     is needed, if this track is meant to be configurable.</P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <DIV class="bigBed"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigBed &lt;3-12&gt; [+/.]</code></div>
     <P>Type bigBed declares the number of standard "bed" fields in the data.  
     There may be additional fields following these standard ones.  If so, the
     type should end with a '<code>+</code>' (plus).  Even if there are no
     additional non-standard fields, the parameter '<code>.</code>' (dot)
     must be specified if this track is meant to be configurable.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>  type bigBed 9 +</pre>
 
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigPsl"><span class="types bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigPsl</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigPsl line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigChain"><span class="types bigChain"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigChain</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigChain line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigNarrowPeak"><span class="types bigNarrowPeak"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigNarrowPeak</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigNarrowPeak line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigGenePred"><span class="types bigGenePred"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigGenePred</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigGenePred line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigMaf"><span class="types bigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigMaf</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigMaf line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigBarChart"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigBarChart</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigBarChart line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigLolly"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigLolly</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigLolly line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigInteract"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigInteract</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type bigInteract line.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hic"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type hic</code></div>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type hic line.
 </DIV>
 
 
 <DIV class="bed_flavors"><span class="types bed5FloatScore bedRnaElements broadPeak coloredExon gvf ld2 narrowPeak peptideMapping"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bed5FloatScore</code><BR>
     <code>type bedRnaElements</code><BR>
     <code>type broadPeak</code><BR>
     <code>type coloredExon</code><BR>
     <code>type gvf</code><BR>
     <code>type ld2</code><BR>
     <code>type narrowPeak</code><BR>
     <code>type peptideMapping</code></div>
     <P>Each of these is a
     specialized variation of the bed format.  Their
     specialized definitions should be sought elsewhere.  However,
     these item tracks share many of the same configuration options
     available to bed tracks.</P>
     <!--DONNA - rewrite above -->
     <P><em>An example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigDataUrl2"><span class="types bigBed bigWig bam vcfTabix"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>bigDataUrl2 &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is for remote data file type
     tracks (e.g. bigWig) and is fully described in the "<A HREF="#bigDataUrl">Common
     trackDb settings</A>" portion of this document.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="colorByStrand"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>colorByStrand &lt;red,green,blue&gt; &lt;red,green,blue&gt;</code></div>
     <P>To color items
     differently by the strand they align to, use the colorByStrand
     setting.  The first color will be used for plus strand alignments
     and the second for the minus strand.  This setting is incompatible with <code>spectrum</code>
     and all items on the same strand will have the same color, regardless of the item's
     <code>score</code>.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   colorByStrand 255,0,0 0,0,255</pre>
     <P>Plus strand alignments will be colored red, and minus
     strand alignments will be blue. This setting is incompatible with <code>spectrum</code>, 
     and therefore all items on the same strand will have the same color, regardless of the item's
     <code>score</score>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="compareGenomeLinks"><span class="types bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>compareGenomeLinks &lt;db[.table[.column]]=label&gt;
             [db[.table[.column] =label &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS</I></P>
     <P>Sometimes the
     features that a bed track highlights in one genome are also
     displayed in tracks of other genomes.  If an item of the same name
     exists in the bed tracks of two or more genomes, a bridge can be
     readily made between them through links on the item's detail page. To establish
     this association, the feature must have the same name in each genome, and the name 
     must be unique within the bed track of each genome.  The components of this
     setting are a genome assembly database, an optional table and column,  
     with a label for the link.  If the column parameter is omitted, it is
     assumed to be <code>name</code>. If the table is omitted, it
     is assumed to be the same as the current table.  Links to multiple
     genomes can be established with this setting, as each pair is
     joined by '<code>=</code>' and delimited by space.  Be sure to use
     '<code>_</code>' as a substitute for spaces in the labels.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     compareGenomeLinks panTro2=Chimpanzee_(March_2006) rheMac2=Rhesus_(January_2006) \
                        mm9=Mouse_(July_2007) rn4=Rat_(November_2004) canFam2=Dog_(May_05) \
                        bosTau4=Cow_(October_2007)    </pre>
     <P>In this example for
     the hg18 ENCODE bi-directional promoter track, each genome has a
     track of the same name, and the names are unique within each track.
     However, a named bi-directional promoter will not be found in
     every genome; therefore, only links to genomes where the name is actually
     found will be displayed.</P>
     <!-- DONNA -- reread -->
 <!--
     <P><I>TODO: Bug alert: this was coded narrowly and
     may have some problems when the table or column names differ from
     default.  This feature could be extended to simply provide a link
     to the top hit of liftOver, if there is no named table found.</I></P>
 -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="denseCoverage"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>denseCoverage &lt;maxVal&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>bigBed specific</I></P>
     <P>Type bigBed tracks
     in dense mode do a density plot based on maximum coverage seen at
     each pixel.  The maxVal corresponds to the count at which the plot
     reaches maximum darkness.  If maxVal is 0 then this will be
     calculated from the data itself.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   denseCoverage 100</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="decorator"><span class="types bed bigBed genePred bigGenePred psl bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>decorator.default.*</code></div>
     <p>Decorators allow annotation to be placed on top of BED 12+, bigBed, PSL, and
     bigGenePred tracks by highlighting regions and adding glyphs on top of them.
     The decorators themselves can be configured with a small selection of trackDb
     settings as follows.  For a more interactive introduction to decorators, see the <a
     href="../decorator.html">Track Decorators</a> help page.</p>
     <p>NB: In all of the following settings, <code>decorator.default.</code> is used as
     a prefix to indicate that the settings should be applied to the decorator and not the
     primary track.  This is necessary because many settings that you can apply to
     decorators are identical to settings that can be applied to tracks.  For example,
     <code>filterValues</code> can be applied to a main track to filter which items
     are displayed, but can also be applied to a decorator for that track as
     <code>decorator.default.filterValues</code> to filter which decorations are drawn.
     In the future, other names besides "default" may be allowed to permit multiple
     decorators annotating a single track.</p>
     <p><strong>Settings</strong></p>
     <p><code>decorator.default.bigDataUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></p>
     <p>This setting is required when adding a decorator to a track.  It specifies
     the path to a bigBed file that contains the decorations.</p>
     <p><code>decorator.default.filterValues &lt;specification&gt;</code></p>
     <p>Decorators support the same filter options that bigBed tracks do.  This includes
     the <code>filter</code>, <code>filterText</code>, and <code>filterValues</code>
     settings, as described in the
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html">Track Hub Filters Quick Start Guide</a>.</p>
     <p><code>decorator.default.mouseOver &lt;specification&gt;</code></p>
     <p>Decorators also support the same <code>mouseOver</code> and <code>mouseOverField</code>
     settings that can be applied to bigBed tracks.</p>
     <p>There is one more setting that is currently specific to decorators.</p>
     <p><code>decorator.default.maxLabelBases &lt;integer&gt;</code></p>
     <p>This setting controls a failsafe option for deactivating the drawing of decoration
     labels when they're in block mode.  There will also be a checkbox on the track
     configuration page to deactivate labels manually, but even when that is on, a track
     display can quickly become unintelligible if the window displayed is too large -
     there will simply be too many track items and too many decoration labels to process
     visually.  <code>maxLabelBases</code> sets a maximum window size (in bases) for which
     labels will be drawn.  If not set, the value will default to 200kb.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="labelOnFeature"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>labelOnFeature &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Usually, labels (the BED name field) are drawn next to the
     features. This statement tries to draw the feature 
     label over the exon blocks. The effect depends on the size of the feature
     on the screen, which in turn depends on the zoom level. If there is not enough
     space for 4 characters, no label is drawn at all. If there is more space,
     the label is drawn with a contrasting color onto the exon-like blocks. 
     If they are too short for the text, it is trimmed to fit into the available space
     and the suffix "..." appended. Note that features should not have too
     long thin (UTR) regions, as the text might be hard to read
     in these parts.<br>
     To keep the text readable, the arrows that indicate the strand are shown over
     introns, but suppressed on blocks, so the statement should be used
     for tracks where strand is not of primary importance, not defined in the
     BED strand field or deactivated
     with <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">exonArrows</A>.  </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   labelOnFeature on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="exonArrows"><span class="types genePred bed broadPeak"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>exonArrows &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>On tracks that show
     exons or blocks within features, exon arrows allow the user to jump to
     the next exon or block outside the image. Exon arrows are typically shown by default
     in these types of tracks, with the exception of tracks in the Regulation group. 
     The arrows can be explicitly shown or hidden using this setting.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   exonArrows off</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="exonNumbers"><span class="types genePred bed psl bigBed bigGenePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>exonNumbers &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A mouseover that shows the exon and intron numbers 
     can be explicitly shown or hidden using this setting.
     The default is "on" for the track types genePred and bigGenePred.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   exonNumbers off</pre>
     <P>The text can be set with the options "exonText" and "intronText". It defaults to "exon" and "intron", respectively.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="Filter"><span class="types bed narrowPeak broadPeak"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>&lt;column&gt;Filter &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     <code>scoreFilter &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     <code>pValueFilter</code><BR>
     <code>qValueFilter</code><BR>
     <code>signalFilter</code><BR>
     <code>&lt;column&gt;FilterLimits &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     <code>&lt;column&gt;FilterByRange &lt;off/on&gt;</code>
     </div>
     <P>A number of
     numerical filters are available for bed tracks.  These are
     conveniently named by the field that is filtered on.  The most
     common numerical filter is based on the standard bed field
     <code>score</code>, and is thus controlled by the <code>scoreFilter</code>
     setting.  Other examples are pValueFilter, qValueFilter and
     signalFilter, which are filters on non-standard bed fields defined
     in the broadPeak and narrowPeak formats.  These numerical filter
     settings should include the default value.  If the numeric field
     is floating point, the default should contain at least one decimal
     place.
     </P>
     <P>By default the range
     of values for a numeric filter is 0 to 1000.  However, you
     can explicitly set the upper and lower limits of the filter by
     setting <code>&lt;column&gt;FilterLimits</code>.
     </P>
     <P>The numeric filters
     will exclude items that fall below the setting. That is, a
     scoreFilter of 800 will  exclude all items with a score below 800.
     You can also filter for values within a range, by including the
     <code>&lt;column&gt;FilterByRange</code> setting.  For example, a 
     <code>scoreFilter</code> range of
     800-900 will include only items with scores at or above 800 and
     below 900.</P>
     <P>Note: multiple
     filters of different fields are allowed.</P>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>   scoreFilter 100</pre>
     <P>In this example, the standard bed
     field <code>score</code>, which is an integer, will be used to filter items
     in the track.  By default, items with scores below 100 will be
     excluded.  Also by default the limits of the scoreFilter are
     0-1000.</P>
     <pre>
     pValueFilter 3.0:15.0
     pValueFilterLimits 0.0:15.0
     pValueFilterByRange on    </pre>
     <P>The non-standard bed field <code>pValue</code>, which
     is floating-point, will be filtered by range.  The expected data
     range is 0.0 to 15.0, and by default only items with pValues within the 3.0 to 15.0
     range will be displayed.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="scoreFilter"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>scoreFilter &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     <code>scoreFilterLimits &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>Type <code>bigBed</code> tracks can be filtered on the standard bed field
     <code>score</code>.  This numerical filter is requested by the 
     <code>scoreFilter</code> setting, which should include the default value.  
     </P>
     <P>By default the range
     of values for a score filter is from 0 to 1000.  However, you
     can explicitly set the upper and lower limit of the filter by
     setting <code>scoreFilterLimits</code>.
     </P>
     <P>The score filter will exclude items that fall below the setting. That is, a
     scoreFilter of 800 will exclude all items with a score below 800.</P>
     <p>Since the introduction of scoreFilter more powerful filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;
     options exist where the score column can be filtered with different syntax.
     In such a way <code>scoreFilter 400</code> and <code>scoreFilterLimits 0:1000</code>
     can be replaced with <code>filter.score 400</code> and <code>filterByRange.score 0:1000</code>.
     The advantage of switching to the filter.&lt;fieldName&gt; approach is that filters
     can also be added on additional bigBed &lt;fieldNames&gt; such as filterText.disease
     or filterValues.cellType where bigBeds defined with a disease or cellType column can
     be filtered. See filter.&lt;fieldName&gt; for more information and examples. </p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     scoreFilter 300
     scoreFilterLimits 200:1000</pre>
     <P>The standard bed
     field of <code>score</code>, which is an integer will be used to filter items
     in the track.  By default, items with scores below 300 will be
     excluded.  The filter cannot be set to less than 200 or more than 1000..</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterBy"><span class="types bed bigBed genePred psl factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>filterBy  &lt;field1:title=[+]opt1a...&gt;
                             [field2:title=[+]opt2a...]</code></div>
     <!-- DONNA -- redo -->
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Not yet supported by bigBeds</I></P>
     <P>Another method of
     filtering items relies upon discrete values.  One or more fields
     such as <code>name</code> or <code>score</code> may contain a limited number
     of discrete values that can be filtered on. These discrete values will be
     displayed in a dropdown list from which the user can choose one or
     more options.  While the maximum number of options in the list is
     not limited, displaying too many options can be confusing for the user.
     </P>
     <P><I>Setting complexities:</I></P>
     <UL>
     <LI> Because filters for different fields are delimited by whitespace, any
     whitespace in titles and labels should be replaced by the '<code>_</code>'
     (underscore) character.</LI>
     <LI> Each field/option pair is joined by '<code>=</code>' (equal sign).</LI>
     <LI> The field portion
     can have a title that is delimited from the field name by '<code>:</code> (colon)'.</LI>
     <LI> A single field
     filter will have multiple options delimited by commas.</LI>
     <LI> If the options are
     a 1-based index (1,2,3...) then the option list can be preceded
     with a '<code>+</code>' (plus sign) and the options themselves are only labels.</LI>
     <LI> Otherwise, each
     option will be a value and optional label delimited by '<code>|</code>' (vertical bar).
     Note that if one option has a label then all options of that filter
     must have a label.</LI>
     <LI><em>Finally,
     options may have CSS style wrapped in {curly} brackets and
     appended to the end.</em></LI>
     </UL>
     <P><I>Because of this
     complexity, please remember to use the '<code>\</code>' continuation line to
     ensure the setting is readable:  </I>
     </P>
     <pre>
     filterBy {field1}[:{Title1}]=[+]\
              option1a[|label1a[{style1a}]],\
              option1b[|label1b[{style1b}]],... \
              [{field2}[:{Title2}]=[+]\
              option2a[|label2a[{style2a}]],,...]    </pre>
     <P><I>It is probable
     that this setting will be redefined at some point, given that it
     is very complicated. However, this current format will
     be supported until entirely replaced.</I></P><BR>
     <div class="hintBox">
         <I class="red">Secret tricks:</I>
         <OL>
         <LI>Avoid the use of the delimiter chars <code> ,|:={}</code> in titles and
         labels.  (These characters can be included via HTML codes.)  
         Spaces can be included by using the '<code>_</code>' character.</LI>
         <LI>The option labels
         can be in color or have other CSS style attributes. Append the style 
         enclosed in curly brackets and containing no spaces. For example:
         <code>Pull_Over{color:#AA0000;text-decoration:blink;}</code>.
         If one option has CSS style, then all options of that
         filter must include a style definition.</LI>
         <LI>The filterBy option is implemented in the code using an SQL <code>where</code> clause.
         For instance, filtering on the <code>name</code> field for "Fred" and
         "Ethyl" would result in an SQL where clause of
         "<code>where name in ('Fred','Ethyl')</code>".  In <code>type genePred</code>
         tracks, this knowledge is used to define filters on fields in a separate table!
         This is done by defining the field as <code>{otherTableName}.{fieldName}</code>.</LI>
         </OL>
     </div>
     <P>The best way to
     understand this setting is with an example.  This is an operational
     example in the hg19 "Open Chrom Synth" track.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     filterBy color:Validation_Level=\
              0|Validated_(OC_1){color:#000000},\
              255|Open_Chromatin_(OC_2-3){color:#0000FF},\
              39168|DNase_low_(OC_2){color:#009900},\
              10027008|FAIRE_low_(OC_3){color:#990000},\
              16711935|ChIP-seq_(OC_4){color:#FF00FF} \
              ocCode:OC_Code=+\
              One&amp;#58;_Validated_(all),\
              Two&amp;#58;_DNase_(all),\
              Three&amp;#58;_FAIRE_(all),\
              Four&amp;#58;_ChIP_(all)    </pre>
     <P>This setting sets up
     two filters, one on the field "<code>color</code>" and a second for the
     "<code>ocCode</code>" field.  The color filter is given the title "Validation
     Level".  The second option has a value of "255" and a label
     of "Open Chromatin (OC 2-3)".  Note that it will appear
     as blue in the list due to the {color:#0000FF} style definition.
     Also notice that all options for this color field have a style
     defined, even though the first option is black and would be so by
     default. In this example, the only
     whitespace within the setting value section immediately precedes the second filter
     definition.  The second filter, "<code>ocCode</code>", is titled by the
     inscrutable "OC Code".  It is a numeric index filter
     (as declared by the '<code>+</code>').  The value of the second option is 2 and
     only the label gets defined as "Two: Dnase (all)".  Note
     that the colon in the label is an HTML code.
     </P>
     <P>The filterBy setting is very powerful. We recommend that you experiment with the
     settings to determine which work best for your case.</P>
     <!-- 
     <P><I>TODO: make a set
     of standard filterBy settings and methods that work like *Filter
     and filterBy:
     <UL>
         <LI>filterByDate</LI>
         <LI>filterByNumber (currently *Filter)</LI>
         <LI>filterByWild</LI>
         <LI>filterByWildList (like in track search)</LI>
     </UL></I></P>
     <P><I>These generic filter controls should work by
     "where clause" and should be allowed on any item based track
     including bigBeds!  Note that bigBeds already support scoreFilter
     and will always have the problem that zoomed out will not support
     filtering.  The Browser UI should show when tracks are filtered,
     so that losing the filter is obvious!</I></P>
     -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filter"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;default integer&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>filterByRange.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;off/on&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>filterLimits.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>There are a number of different filters available for bigBed data. See the 
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more info. Note: for configurable features, like filters, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
     <P><code> filter.&lt;fieldName&gt; </code> is used for numerical data. It requires
     a default value to be passed. A value of 0 (or the lowest value present in the dataset) 
     can be used to enable numerical filtering, but filter nothing by default.</P>
     <P>By default, the range of values for <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> is 0 to 1000. 
     However, you can explicitly set the upper and lower limits of the filter with 
     <code>filterLimits.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code>.</P>
     <P>The numeric filters will exclude items that fall below the setting. That is, a
     <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> of 800 will exclude all items with a score 
     below 800. You can also filter values within a range by including the 
     <code>filterByRange.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> setting. For example, 
     <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt; 800:900</code> will include only items with scores at 
     or above 800 and below 900. It is recommended that <code>filterByRange.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> 
     be used in combination with <code>filterLimits.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> 
     to set limit boundaries.</P>
     <P>The filter label will be the description of the field as specified by the autoSql (.as) file.
     This label can be customized with the 
     <a href="#filterLabel"><code>filterLabel.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></a> parameter.
     See the bigBed help page and <a target="_blank" 
     href="/goldenPath/help/bigBed.html#Ex3">example 3</a> for more information about creating
     unique .as files for bigBed data.</P>
     <P><B>Notes:</B><ul>
     <li><code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> can be used multiple times with different 
     columns</li>
     <li>Both integers and decimals (floats) are supported</li>
     <li>Any column/field values that start with non-numerical characters will be treated 
     as zeros</li>
     <li>Column/fieldName values that start with a number followed by non-numerical characters 
     will be treated as only the number; the non-numerical characters (and any numbers 
     that follow them) will be ignored (see example below)</li>
     <li>If a column/fieldName contains negative values, be sure to specify a default value
     at or below the lowest negative value in order to avoid actively filtering items by
     default (unless that is the intended behavior)</li>
     <li>In order for filters to work, the track must be &quot;<code>type bigBed N +</code>&quot; or
     &quot;<code>type bigBed N .</code>&quot;. Including the &quot;+&quot; (for bigBed+ tracks) or a 
     &quot;.&quot; (for non-extended bigBed tracks) is required
     <li>Filters are not supported in bed3 or bed4 files, even bed 3+x. The file must be
     at least a bed5</li>
     <li>By default, all bed tracks that are at least bed5 will have a score filter. 
     Enabling any of the <code>filter*.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> filter settings will disable 
     that default filter</li></ul></P>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     filter.score 0</pre>
     <P>In this example, filtering is being enabled for the field <code>score</code>. We are
     passing a default value of 0, which is usually a safe default value to pass as most score
     values contain only positive numbers. Note, however, that any negative values would be 
     filtered out by default in this example.</P>
     <pre>
     filter.score 300</pre>
     <P>In this second example, we are enabling filtering on the same field <code>score</code>, 
     however, we are passing the integer 300. This means that when the data is loaded, items with 
     scores below 300 will be excluded by default. This value can then be modified in the track 
     description page.</P>
     <pre>
     filter.signal 300:400
     filterByRange.signal on
     filterLimits.signal 200:500</pre>
     <P>In this example, we are enabling numerical filtering on the field <code>signal</code>. 
     <code>filterByRange.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> is also being enabled, allowing for filtering 
     between interval values, this also allows us to pass a range of values to the 
     <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> parameter. In this case, by default only values between
     300 and 400 are being displayed. Lastly, the filter limits are being modified to accept values 
     between 200 and 500 as opposed to the default 0 to 1000.</P>
     <pre>
     filter.confidenceScore 6</pre>
     <P>Example values in the <code>confidenceScore</code> field/column:</P>
    <pre>
     5
     6 (Uncertain)
     Unknown
     7.0</pre>	
     <P>This example applies <code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> to values in the
     field named <code>confidenceScore</code> containing some non-numerical values.
     If items with the four values above were filtered with a minimum value of 6:
     <P>
     <code>5</code> - item would be removed as it is less than the filter value<br>
     <code>6 (Uncertain)</code> - item should show up, as it would be interpreted as
     &quot;6&quot;<br>
     <code>Unknown</code> - item would be removed as it would be interpreted as 0<br>
     <code>7.0</code> - item would appear as decimals are supported</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterText"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>filterText.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;default search string&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>filterType.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;wildcard/regexp&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>There are a number of different filters available for bigBed data. See the     
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more info. Note: for configurable features, like filters, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
     <P><code>filterText.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> is used to enable text searching in the 
     specified fieldName. It requires a default search string to be passed. An asterisk/wildcard (*)
     can be used to enable text searching, but pass no default value. If a word or string is
     passed, items matching the string will be filtered by default. See examples below for 
     details.</P>
     <P><code>filterText.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> will enable two kinds of searching, wildcard and
     regexp. By default, the wildcard option is enabled. This means that a search term with 
     a wildcard (*) item on either end will match any number of additional characters before
     and/or after the search term. The regexp option allows for searching with <a target="_blank"
     href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression#POSIX_basic_and_extended">regular 
     expression rules</a>. For instance, with wildcard changed to a regexp type of search, putting in
     <code>.*A\|B.*</code> will match any items with an A or B in it, while <code>.*[0-9]</code> will
     match any item ending in a number. The optional settings <code>filterType.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code>
     may be added to switch the default from wildcard to regexp.</P>
     <P>The filter label will be the description of the field as specified by the autoSql (.as) file.
     This label can be customized with the <a 
     href="#filterLabel"><code>filterLabel.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></a> parameter.
     See the bigBed help page and <a target="_blank" 
     href="/goldenPath/help/bigBed.html#Ex3">example 3</a> for more information about creating 
     unique .as files for bigBed data.</P>
     <P><B>Notes:</B><ul>
     <li><code>filterText.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> will treat all fields as strings. That is to say,
     it can be enabled on entirely numerical fields, such as <code>chromStart</code>, if one is 
     looking to filter numerical values <strong>as text</strong></li>
     <li>In order for filters to work, the track must be &quot;<code>type bigBed N +</code>&quot; or
     &quot;<code>type bigBed N .</code>&quot;. Including the &quot;+&quot; (for bigBed+ tracks) or a
     &quot;.&quot; (for non-extended bigBed tracks) is required
     <li>Filters are not supported in bed3 or bed4 files, even bed 3+x. The file must be
     at least a bed5</li>
     <li>By default, all bed tracks that are at least bed5 will have a score filter. Enabling 
     any of the <code>filter*.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> filter settings will disable 
     that default filter</li></ul></P>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     filterText.geneName *BRCA*</pre>
     <P>In this example, we are applying a default filter on the field <code>geneName</code> 
     so that only items with BRCA in the <code>geneName</code> are visible. By default, this is 
     a wildcard search of <code>*BRCA*</code> which is equivelant to
     a regexp search <code>.*BRCA.*</code>. The filter term can be freely changed in the track 
     setting page allowing users to filter on other values in the <code>geneName</code> field.</P>
     <pre>
     filterText.geneName *</pre>
     <P>This example is enabling filtering on the same field as above, <code>geneName</code>,
     however, it is not declaring a default search parameter. This is done by passing only an
     asterisk/wildcard (*). This means that the search box 
     will be present but no <code>geneName</code> items will be filtered out of the data 
     unless the user specifies a value.</P>
     <pre>
     filterText.geneName \.1$
     filterType.geneName regexp</pre>
     <P>
     This example once again enables filtering on the same field, however, it is declaring
     regexp as the filter type and passing a regular expression to be applied by default. 
     In this case, we are targeting all <code>geneName</code> items that are version 1.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterValues"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>filterValues.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;value1,value2,value3...&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>filterValuesDefault.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;value1,value2,value3...&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>filterType.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;single/singleList/multiple/multipleListOr/multipleListAnd/multipleListOnlyOr/multipleListOnlyAnd&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>There are a number of different filters available for bigBed data. See the     
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more info. Note: for configurable features, like filters, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
     <P><code>filterValues.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> is used to enable filtering by 
     specified values within a field. It can be used on fields that can contain
     one text value or a list of comma-separated values of text, like "classA,classB".
     Usually these are category names.
     The option requires at least one value to filter on.</P>
     <P>Every individual possible value that can ever occur in the field must be
     passed in a comma separated list. You will then be able to select those
     values as categories, choosing to display only items that
     belong to one, any, or at least one of the selected values. By default, the user
     can select multiple values from this list and the filter lets pass any features
     with at least one of these values (<code>multiple</code>).</P>
     <P>In order to choose the default selection behavior, the optional parameter
     <code>filterType.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> may be used. If this parameter is not passed,
     by default the selection will be set to &quot;one or more match&quot; which is the same
     as having <code>filterType.fieldName multiple</code>. If the user should
     only be able to select a single value, 
     <code>single</code> can be passed instead. Another option,
     <code>multipleListAnd</code>, means that the user can select multiple categories,
     but the filter will let pass only features where all of these categories are present.
     </p>
     <p>
     Both <code>single</code> and <code>multiple</code> have &quot;list&quot; options. These options
     split the bigBed field values by commas, meaning that they should only be used when items can
     contain multiple values at once in the desired filter field. For example, if my data is 
     classifying variants, and they can only be a SNV, insertion, or deletion, I will want to
     use <code>single</code> and <code>multiple</code>. However, if instead the filter will be
     on a field classifying functional impact, there can be many values for each item. For 
     example, variant rs11541299, which is both a synonymous variant and a 
     coding sequence variant. In this case, I would want to use one of the &quot;list&quot;
     options. Most simply <code>singleList</code> or <code>multipleList</code>, or one of
     the additional varieties of <code>multipleList</code> depending on the desired options.
     </p>
     <p>
     <code>multipleListOr</code> and <code>multipleListAnd</code> both still let the user
     override the type of combination manually in the user interface with a radio button. 
     If you specify <code>multipleListOnlyOr</code> or <code>multipleListOnlyAnd</code>
     then the radiobutton is suppressed and the user cannot choose between the options
     anymore. This can be used in cases where by the nature of the field, it
     makes little sense to offer the OR or AND search. 
     </P>
     <P>You can also choose which values to have selected by default using the
     <code>filterValuesDefault.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> parameter. It can take a comma separated
     list just like <code>filterValues.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code>, and any items included will be
     automatically selected. Not that the values need to be present in both settings.</P>  
     <P>The labels in the menu shown to the user can be configured to display a different name/label
     than the one present in the bigBed field. This can be helpful when the data values are
     written in short form, but you want a longer more descriptive name to show up in the UI.
     The format for this substitution is as follows:</P>
     <pre>filterValues.fieldName fieldValue1|alternativeName1,fieldValue2|alternativeName2...</pre>
     <P>E.g. if the value in the bigBed field is <code>AML</code>, a setting 
     like <code>Acute Myeloid Leukemia|AML</code> will show <code>Acute Myeloid Leukemia</code> 
     in the user interface but will lead to the value <code>AML</code> being searched in the bigBed 
     field. This can reduce the size of the bigBed file a lot. See example below for more information.</P>
     <P><B>Notes:</B><ul>
     <li>Currently, all values must be stated individually</li>
     <li>Value names must match exactly</li>
     <li>By default, all bed tracks that are at least bed5 will have a score filter. Enabling any 
     of the <code>filter*.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code> filter settings will disable that default 
     filter</li>
     <li>In order for filters to work, the track must be &quot;<code>type bigBed N +</code>&quot; or
     &quot;<code>type bigBed N .</code>&quot;. Including the &quot;+&quot; (for bigBed+ tracks) or a
     &quot;.&quot; (for non-extended bigBed tracks) is required
     <li>Filters are not supported in bed3 or bed4 files, even bed 3+x. The file must be
     at least a bed5</li>
     <li>There should not be any white spaces between declared items after commas, e.x.
     "itemOne,itemTwo,itemThree"</li>
     <li>The default label can be customized with the <a 
     href="#filterLabel"><code>filterLabel.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></a> parameter</li>
     <li>When using filter values in a field that incudes commas, an additional comma
     can be used to escape it. E.x. "fieldOne,fieldTwo,,fieldTwo,fieldThree"</li>
     </ul></P>
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.OddEven Odd,Even</pre>
     <P>In this simple example, we are applying <code>filterValues.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code>
     to the <code>OddEven</code> field, which designates either &quot;Even&quot; 
     or &quot;Odd&quot;. We can then filter the data using the <code>OddEven</code> 
     field with a drop-down menu displayed on the track controls page to just evens or odds. 
     As there is no filterType, the user can also show both evens and odds at the same time.</P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.OddEven Odd,Even
     filterType.OddEven singleList</pre>
     <P>In this follow up example, we are passing the <code>filterType.fieldName singleList</code>
     parameter, which means that only one item in the <code>OddEven</code> field can be 
     chosen, in this case &quot;Odd&quot; or &quot;Even&quot;. This removes the default that 
     allows multiple selections.</P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.OddEven Odd,Even
     filterType.OddEven singleList
     filterValuesDefault.OddEven Odd</pre>
     <P>In this third example, we have added the <code>filterValuesDefault.fieldName</code>
     parameter as well. Now the default filter when the hub is loaded will have the Odd value
     preselected.</P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.annotationType DNA-BR,AS,BS,BSi</pre>
     <P>In this example the filter is being applied to multiple values in the 
     <code>annotationType</code> field. We can then select from these values in the 
     <code>annotationType</code> field with a drop-down menu displayed on the track settings page, 
     and display only items that match our selections. The selection choices will let us match
     one, all, or any combination of the supplied values.</P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.annotationType DNA-BR|DNA-binding region,AS|active site,BS|beta strand,BSi|binding site</pre>
     <P>In this follow up to the previous question, we have changed the name of the items that
     show up in the drop down menu to be more descriptive than the dense file format values. This means
     that if we wanted to only see items with <code>annotationType</code> of 
     <code>DNA-BR</code>, we would select <code>DNA-binding region</code> from the interface menu.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterLabel"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>filterLabel.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When a user clicks on a track item in the Browser image,	
     the item detail page is shown. This setting specifies an
     alternate label for the filter on that page. Without this
     setting, the label will be the description of the field as 
     specified by the autoSql (.as) file. Some of the parameters modified by
     this are:</P>
     <P><ul><li><code>filter.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></li>
     <li><code>filterText.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></li>
     <li><code>filterValues.&lt;fieldName&gt;</code></li></ul></P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     filterValues.strand +,-
     filterLabel.strand Strand (Orientation)</pre>
     <P>In this example, we have a standard &quot;strand&quot; BED field with the default 
     description &quot;+ or - for strand&quot;. We have enabled a filter and simplified
     the label to just "Strand (Orientation)".</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="highlight"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>highlight.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;default integer&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>highlightByRange.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;off/on&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>highlightLimits.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;low&gt;[:&lt;high&gt;]</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>Similar to filters, There are a number of different highlights available for bigBed data. See the 
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more information on setting up filters. Note: for configurable features, like highlights, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
 
     <p>All of these settings follow exactly the same syntax and functionality as the filter.fieldName, filterByRange.fieldName, and filterLimits.fieldName explained above, except instead of items being excluded from the display, they are striped with a colored background to appear &quot;highlighted&quot; compared to the other items in the display. You can control the default highlight color with the highlightColor setting, or with the color picker on the configuration page when interacting with the track. Please note that at this time only one higlight color is available per track, and if multiple highlight settings are present on the same track, only items that pass ALL highlight settings will highlighted.</p>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     highlight.blockCount 4</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, highlighting is enabled for the <code>blockCount</code> field. We are passing
     a default value of 4, which will highlight items where the blockCount is 4 or above.</p>
     <pre>
     highlight.score 300</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, highlighting is enabled for the <code>score</code> field. We are passing a
     default value of 300, which will highlight all items with a score of 300 or above.</p>
     <pre>
     highlight.score 300:400
     highlightByRange.score on
     highlightLimits.score 200:500</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are enabling highlights for a range on the <code>score</code> field. The
     <code>highlightByRange</code> setting is also enabled, allowing for highlighting between
     interval values. Lastly, the <code>highlightLimits</code> are being used to modify the
     accepted values between 200 and 500 as opposed to the default 0 to 1000.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="highlightText"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>highlightText.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;default search string&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>highlightType.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;wildcard/regexp&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>Similar to filters, There are a number of different highlights available for bigBed data. See the 
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more information on setting up filters. Note: for configurable features, like highlights, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
 
     <p>All of these settings follow exactly the same syntax and functionality as the filter.fieldName, filterByRange.fieldName, and filterLimits.fieldName explained above, except instead of items being excluded from the display, they are striped with a colored background to appear &quot;highlighted&quot; compared to the other items in the display. You can control the default highlight color with the highlightColor setting, or with the color picker on the configuration page when interacting with the track. Please note that at this time only one higlight color is available per track, and if multiple highlight settings are present on the same track, only items that pass ALL highlight settings will highlighted.</p>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     highlightText.name NM*</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are applying a highlight on the field <code>name</code> so any items that
     start with <code>NM</code> are highlighted.</p>
     <pre>
     highlightText.name \.1$
     highlightType.name regexp</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are enabling highlighting on the same name field, <code>name</code>
     but declaring the search parameter with the <code>highlightType</code>. In this case, we are
     using regular expression to highlight all items in the <code>name</code> field that are
     version 1.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="highlightValues"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>highlightValues.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;value1,value2,value3...&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>highlightValuesDefault.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;value1,value2,value3...&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>highlightType.&lt;fieldName&gt; &lt;single/singleList/multiple/multipleListOr/multipleListAnd/multipleListOnlyOr/multipleListOnlyAnd&gt;</code><BR>
     </div>
     <P>Similar to filters, There are a number of different highlights available for bigBed data. See the 
     <a href="../hubQuickStartFilter.html" target="_blank">Filters Quick Start guide</a> for
     more information on setting up filters. Note: for configurable features, like highlights, an additional period
     &quot;.&quot; or plus &quot;+&quot; is required in the type declaration,
     for instance <code>type bigBed 5 .</code> or <code>type bigBed 9 +</code>.</p>
 
     <p>All of these settings follow exactly the same syntax and functionality as the filter.fieldName, filterByRange.fieldName, and filterLimits.fieldName explained above, except instead of items being excluded from the display, they are striped with a colored background to appear &quot;highlighted&quot; compared to the other items in the display. You can control the default highlight color with the highlightColor setting, or with the color picker on the configuration page when interacting with the track. Please note that at this time only one higlight color is available per track, and if multiple highlight settings are present on the same track, only items that pass ALL highlight settings will highlighted.</p>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     highlightValues.OddEven Odd</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are applying <code>highlightValues.<fieldname></code> to the
     <code>OddEven</code> field, which designates either &quot;Even&quot; or &quot;Odd&quot;. We
     can then highlight the OddEven field with a drop-down menu displayed on the track controls page
     to highlight the even or odd items. Since there is no <code>highlightType</code> setting, the
     user can highlight both even and odd items at the same time.</p>
     <pre>
     highlightValues.OddEven Odd,Even
     highlightType.OddEven singleList</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are passing the <code>highlightType.<fieldname> singleList</code> parameter,
     which means only one options can be chosen -- &quot;Even&quot; or &quot;Odd&quot;. This setting
     removed the default setting that allows multiple selections.</p>
     <pre>
     highlighValuesDefault.OddEven Odd</pre>
     <p>
     In this third example, we are using the <code>highlightValuesDefault.<fieldname></code> setting
     to set a default value for the highlight setting. Now the default will be to highlight items
     with an Odd value when the hub is loaded on the Genome Browser.</p>
     <pre>
     highlightValues.annotationType DNA-BR,AS,BS,BSi</pre>
     <p>
     In this fourth example, we are applying a highlight to multiple values in the
     <code>annotationType</code> field. We can select from these values in the
     <code>annotationType</code> field with a drop-down menu displayed on the track settings
     page, and highlight only items that match our selections. The selection choices will let
     us match one, all or any combination of the supplied values.</p>
     <pre>
     highlightValues.annotationType DNA-BR|DNA-binding region,AS|active site,BS|beta strand,BSi|binding site</pre>
     <p>
     Similar to the last example, but we have changed the name of the items that show up in the
     drop-down menu to be more descriptive than the dense file format values. For example, if we
     wanted to highlight only items with <code>annotationType</code> of <code>DNA-BR</code>, on
     the track settings page, we would select <code>DNA-binding region</code>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="highlightColor"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>highlightColor &lt;hexcolor&gt;</code><BR>
 </div>
     <P>Sets the default color for all of the various highlights defined in this stanza</P>
 
     <P><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     highlightColor #ff0000</pre>
     <p>
     In this example, we are using the <code>highlightColor <hex_color></code> to set the default
     highlight color. With this setting, all highlight stripes will use the color red,
     <code>#ff0000</code>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemRgb"><span class="types bed bigBed bedDetail bedGraph bedLogR"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemRgb on</code></div>
     <P>In bed formats supporting 
     at least 9 standard bed fields, this setting can be used to activate
     item coloring using the value in the ninth field, <code>itemRgb</code>. The
     value of the  item field must be an R,G,B triplet.  When loaded
     into a table, this field appears as an integer with the RGB values
     in specific bits of the integer. To observe this field, specify the type as,
      <code>type bigBed 9</code>, or, <code>type bigBed 9+</code>, for additional
     <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html#format1" target="_blank">non-standard columns</A>, 
     in the trackDb stanza for the bigBed file.</P>
     <P>Note that the display of color is affected by the <code>maxItems</code> option.
     When the track is zoomed to the point that the number of items to display
     exceeds <code>maxItems</code>, the track is forced into dense mode and the items
     are drawn from the bigBed summary in the default track color rather than using
     the <code>itemRgb column</code>.
   </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   itemRgb on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxItems"><span class="types bed bigBed broadPeak psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxItems &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Maximum number of items to display individually in full or pack or squish mode.  When the maximum is
     exceeded, the track switches to coverage mode.
     Default: 1000. For <code>type bigBed</code> tracks, this setting can never 
     be larger than the hg.conf setting bigBedMaxItems, which by default is 100,000 at UCSC.
     </P>
     <P>bigBedMaxItems is configured globally for a Genome Browser server and sets an upper limit
     on how many features can be loaded at most from a bigBed file, to avoid a
     single track making a Genome Browser view unusable at high zoom levels so
     it the upper limit for all maxItems settings of any tracks shown on a
     Genome Browser.  If you have feedback on these values,
     please do not hesitate to contact us.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   maxItems 25</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxWindowCoverage"><span class="types bed genepred bam rmsk narrowPeak broadPeak bigWig bedlogR"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxWindowCoverage &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <p>When too many individual bed items might be shown in the Browser image
     (such as might occur when a large region of a chromosome is viewed),
     <code>maxWindowCoverage</code> will switch the track into density coverage plot when
     the window contains more than the specified number of bases.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   maxWindowCoverage 10000000</pre>
     <p>Browser images that show more than 10,000,000 bases will result in the track data
     being displayed as a density coverage graph</code>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxWindowToDraw"><span class="types bed genepred bam rmsk narrowPeak broadPeak bigWig bedlogR"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxWindowToDraw &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <p>When too many individual bed items might be shown in the Browser image
     (such as might occur when a large region of a chromosome is viewed),
     <code>maxWindowToDraw</code> will trigger a choice to display a message
     asking users to zoom in to a smaller region.</p>
     <p>Depending on the current visibility
     of the bed track and which other tracks are being shown concurrently, the
     Browser may automatically reduce the display to pack or dense mode in some cases.
     The <code>maxWindowToDraw</code> setting allows you to force users to zoom in
     as an overriding message will block out the data display. Unlike the <code>maxItems</code>
     setting, which controls the display of vertical space and forces a display to dense
     when the maximum number of items is exceeded, the <code>maxWindowToDraw</code>
     setting dictates the number of bases to be displayed in a window
     before the track is obscured with a message explaining the
     requirement for zooming-in. Even without this setting,
     there are browser operations that will ultimately prevent too many items from
     being displayed by forcing a visualized summary in dense mode as noted.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   maxWindowToDraw 10000000</pre>
     <p>Browser images that show more than 10,000,000 bases will result in the track data
     being obscured with a note across the genomic range stating the message
     <code>zoom in to <= 10,000,000 bases to view items</code>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="minGrayLevel"><span class="types bed broadPeak narrowPeak bedLogR bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>minGrayLevel  &lt;1-9&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When a bed track contains the standard
     field <code>score</code>, and when that score is used
     to present items in gray or color scale (see
     <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">spectrum</A>),
     this setting specifies the lightest shade to be used.
     This prevents the lowest scores from being displayed in too light of a color to easily
     view. Set the value in the range 1 - 9, lightest to darkest.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   minGrayLevel   4</pre>
     <P>This sets the lowest scores to slightly
     less than medium gray, while the highest scores appear black.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="noScoreFilter"><span class="types bed bedGraph bedLogR gvf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>noScoreFilter  on</code></div>
     <P>By default, bed
     tracks with 5 or more standard bed fields that contain either a '<code>.</code>' or
     a '<code>+</code>' in the type setting will be filterable on <code>score</code>;
     that is, they will have an assumed setting of "<code>scoreFilter 0</code>".  To turn
     this old-style default off, include the "<code>noScoreFilter</code>" setting.</P>
     <!-- DONNA -- what should they use instead?  TIM ANSWERS: The implicit score filtering 
     bases upon '.' or '+' is confusing and not used by other item based tracks.  
     Ideally, score filtering is specifically requested by "scoreFilter #", which 
     would make "noScoreFilter on" the unneeded default. -- -->
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     type bigBed 6 +
     noScoreFilter on    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="spectrum"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>spectrum on</code><BR>
     <code>scoreMax &lt;integer&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>scoreMin &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Replaces <code>useScore</code>.</P>
     <P>If your track is a
     <code>bed 5</code> or greater, then the standard bed <code>score</code>
     field exists.  This score, which is expected to vary from 0-1000,
     can be used to control the shading of bed items drawn in the Browser
     image.  To activate this feature, set <code>spectrum on</code>.
     Lower scores will be shaded in light gray by default, while higher
     scores will trend towards black.  This can be modified in a number of ways:</P>
     <UL>
 <!-- The below statement about color and altColor is not accurate and removed 1/4/17
     <LI> <code><A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">color</A></code>
     can be used to replace gray scale with a color scale</LI>
     <LI> <code><A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">altColor</A></code>
     with <code><A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">color</A></code> can vary items from
     color to altColor</LI>
 -->
     <LI><code><A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">minGrayLevel</A></code>
     can be used to set the level of the lightest shade</LI>
     <LI> <code>scoreMin</code>
     and <code>scoreMax</code> can be used to define the lower and upper limits of 
     the range that will receive graded shading</LI></UL>
     <p><b>Note:</b> The file type must be <b>type bigBed x</b> where x is at least
     bigBed 5. If only <b>type bigBed</b> is used, the setting will not work as
     it is assumed to be a bigBed 3.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     spectrum on
     scoreMin 700
     scoreMax 900</pre>
     <P>In this example, the track description will be
     displayed in blue, but the track will remain a gray scale.
     Items with scores less than or equal to 700 will be shown in very
     light gray, those with scores between 700 and 900 will display
     in increasingly darker shades of gray, and items with
     scores greater than or equal to 900 above will display in black.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="searchIndex"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>searchIndex &lt;str&gt;</code></div>
     <P> Specifies the list of field names on which a index has been made.
     When a user enters a string in the position search box of the browser,
     this index will be searched to find that name, and if the string is in 
     the index, the user will either be navigated to that position in the 
     browser, or if there are more than one matches of that string, 
     will be give a list of the positions to choose from. See <A HREF="../bigBed.html#Ex3">HERE</A>
     for instructions on how to build an index for a bigBed file.
     The searchIndex setting requires the input BED data to be
     case-senstive sorted (<code>sort -k1,1 -k2,2n</code>), where
     newer versions of the tool bedToBigBed (available
     <a href="http://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/admin/exe/">here</a>)
     are enhanced to catch improper input.
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   searchIndex name</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="searchTrix"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>searchTrix &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P> Specifies the URL to a TRIX file that maps free text to
     a set of indices that are assumed to have indicies in the associated
     bigBed file. See <a href="../trix.html">here</a> for instructions on how
     to build a TRIX file and a <a href="../hubQuickStartSearch.html">Searchable
     Track Hub Quick Start Guide</a> here.</li>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   searchTrix url or relative path </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="thickDrawItem"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>thickDrawItem &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>In bed tracks that
     have 8 or more standard bed fields, portions of items in tracks such as
     gene models can be drawn thicker to differentiate exon regions from introns.
     When data is displayed at different scales, the items and the thick
     portions of the items should scale proportionally.  However, it
     may be more important to see the existence of the thick regions
     than it is to attempt to maintain the proportion.  By setting
     thickDrawItem on, the thick display regions of items are always drawn at a minimum 
     of 3 pixels, even when zoomed out greatly.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   thickDrawItem on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bedFilter"><span class="types bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bedFilter on</code></div>
     <P><I>FOR BEDS ONLY</I></P>
     <P>
     Activating this setting provides the bed filter type controls that allow you to filter
     bed items by name with wildcard matching.
     </P>
     <!-- <P><I>TODO: this should
     be rewritten to be allowed on any item based data source and not
     exclude other filtering options as well.  (That is, convert this
     to filterByWild or filterByWildList)</I>
     </P> -->
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   bedFilter  on</pre>
     <P>The bed track will be be filterable by the bed
     item names.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="refUrl"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>refUrl &lt;url&gt/%s</code></div>
 This setting specifies the RefGet reference server by a URL to retrieve genome sequences instead of
 the default EBI CRAM Reference Registry. The <tt>%s</tt> is replaced by the RefGet MD5 checksum
 that identifies the reference sequence.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bedNameLabel"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bedNameLabel &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When a user clicks on a bed track item in the Browser image, 
     the item detail page is shown. This setting specifies an 
     alternate label for the item name on that page. Without this
     setting, the label will be "Item:".</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   bedNameLabel Gene Id</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="scoreLabel"><span class="types bed bigBed bigPsl bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>scoreLabel &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When a user clicks on a track item in the Browser image, 
     the item detail page is shown. This setting specifies an 
     alternate label for the score on that page. Without this
     setting, the label will be "Score:".</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   scoreLabel Log of binding Score * 1000</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxLimit"><span class="types bedGraph bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxLimit &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The upper limit of the data range in a track is specified with this setting.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   maxLimit 5000</pre>
     <P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mergeSpannedItems"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>mergeSpannedItems &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Allows merging all track items that extend beyond both sides of the current viewing window
     into one bed item in the display. The presence of this setting permits the display to offer this
     collapsed viewing option, while the <em>on</em> or <em>off</em> denotes what view should be
     shown by default.</P>
     <P>The display can be enabled/disabled by the user either on the normal track configuration
     page, or via selection from the right-click menu. If the track is a bigBed 9 (+), then the
     merged item will be shaded as the average of all the merged items.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   mergeSpannedItems on</pre>
     <P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="linkIdInName"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>linkIdInName on</code></div>
     <P>This setting changes the meaning of the bed name field
     to "identifier description". If it is activated, the browser
     does not show the first word of the BED item name,
     but uses this first word for linking out to the item detail page. This
     allows putting both an identifier, like a gene ID, and its human-readable
     description into the BED item name field, separated by a space.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   linkIdInName on</pre>
     <P>
     A BED name field of "9005 PITX2" will be shown "PITX2" on the genome
     browser, but when the user clicks on it, the URL will be built only from
     the first word, by default cgi-bin/hgc?i=9005&amp;(...). The URL can be
     changed with <A onclick="jumpTo(this)" HREF="#">directUrl</A>, where %s
     is replaced by the identifier.
     </P>
     <p>
     bigBed files are often created using the UCSC <tt>bedToBigBed</tt> program.
     By default, this program expects only a single word for BED item names.  To
     tell the program to accept multiple words separated by spaces (required for
     this track setting), you will need to use the <tt>-tab</tt> option for
     <tt>bedToBigBed</tt>.  This tells the program that that tab characters are
     used instead of spaces to separate fields of the BED file.  Please note that
     this option will only work if tab characters are used as the field separator
     throughout your BED file.  More information on creating bigBed files is
     available <a href="../bigBed.html">here</a>.
     </p>
 
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="baseColorUseSequence"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>baseColorUseSequence  &lt;extFile {seqTable} /
                   hgPcrResult / lfExtra / nameIsSequence / seq1Seq2 / ss / 2bit &gt;</code></div>
     <!-- DONNA -- redo -->
     <P>Specifies where
     item sequence can be found (if any) so that item sequence, or
     differences from genomic sequence, can be drawn when viewing a
     sufficiently small region.
     </P>
     <UL>
     <LI>If <code>extFile</code> is
     specified, two additional parameters are required, the name of
     the seq table followed by the name of the extFile table to use
     in looking up the sequence. These tables are loaded by hgLoadSeq.
     </LI>
     <LI>If
     <code>hgPcrResult</code> is specified then a PCR result is
     used.</LI>
     <LI>If <code>lfExtra</code>
     is specified then the sequence of an item is found in the last
     column of the table or remote file.</LI>
     <LI>If
     <code>nameIsSequence</code> is specified then the 4th column (<code>name</code> or
     <code>sequence</code>) contains the sequence. (see
     hg/lib/encode/tagAlign.as)</LI>
     <LI>If <code>seq1Seq2</code>
     is specified then the 7th &amp; 8th columns (<code>seq1</code> and <code>seq2</code>)
     contain the left and right pairs of the sequence. (see
     hg/lib/encode/pairedTagAlign.as)</LI>
     <LI>If <code>ss</code> is specified then a
     user-provided blat sequence is looked for.</LI>
     <LI>If <code>2bit</code> is specified then looks for sequence in the file specified
     by the <code>otherTwoBitUrl</code> tag.
     </UL>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="baseColorUseCds"><span class="types bed genePred psl bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>baseColorUseCds &lt;given&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Specifies where coding sequence (CDS)
     coordinates can be found (if any) so that codons can be drawn
     when viewing a sufficiently small region.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   baseColorUseCds given</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="baseColorDefault"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>baseColorDefault
                     &lt;diffBases/diffCodons/itemBases/itemCodons/genomicCodons&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Specifies the default drawing mode.
     The <code>itemBases</code>, <code>itemCodons</code>, <code>diffBases</code> and
     <code>diffCodons</code> options are applicable only if the track has sequence, as
     specified by the <code>baseColorUseSequence</code> setting.  
     The <code>genomicCodons</code>, <code>itemCodons</code> and <code>diffCodons</code> are
     applicable only if the track has CDS info, as specified by the <code>baseColorUseCds</code>
     setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="baseColorTickColor"><span class="types bed bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>baseColorTickColor &lt;lighterShade/contrastingColor&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Not yet supported by bigBeds</I></P>
     <P>Choose a <code>contrastingColor</code> (this is often
     white) or <code>lighterShade</code> of color. This should be the
     same color as would be chosen for the base text if the user were
     zoomed in to base level.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showDiffBasesAllScales"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showDiffBasesAllScales on</code></div>
     <P>Show base differences for all zoom levels.</P>
     <!-- DONNA -- how do you show the differences?  -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showDiffBasesMaxZoom"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showDiffBasesMaxZoom &lt;basesPerPixel&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Show annotations highlighting base or codon differences
     only if current zoom level does not exceed 
     <code>basesPerPixel</code> (a float).  <code>showDiffBasesAllScales</code>
     should also be set to make this useful.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showCdsAllScales"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showCdsAllScales on</code></div>
     <P>Show CDS for PSL tracks at all zoom levels.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showCdsMaxZoom"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showCdsMaxZoom &lt;basesPerPixel&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Use this setting (a float) to specify the maximum zoom-out allowed for displaying the CDS 
     for psl tracks. 
     In conjunction with this setting, <code>showCdsAllScales</code> must be set on and 
     <code>showDiffBasesMaxZoom</code>
     should be set to a value not more than <code>showCdsMaxZoom</code> to make this
     display configuration useful.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     baseColorDefault genomicCodons
     baseColorUseCds given
     showDiffBasesMaxZoom 10000.0
     showCdsMaxZoom 10000.0
     baseColorUseCds table hgFixed.transMapGeneUcscGenes
     baseColorUseSequence lfExtra
     baseColorDefault diffCodons
     baseColorTickColor lighterShade
     showDiffBasesAllScales .
     showCdsAllScales .    </pre>
     <!-- DONNA -- redo 
     <P><I>TODO: Explain examples, expand option explanation</I></P>
     DONNA -- finish -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="exonArrowsDense"><span class="types bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>exonArrowsDense &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>On tracks that show
     exons or blocks within items, exon arrows allow the user to jump to
     the next exon/block outside the image.  Use this setting to
     display exon arrows even when the track is in dense mode.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemDetailsHtmlTable"><span class="types bed genePred psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemDetailsHtmlTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Supplemental table must be in local database.</I></P>
     <P>Use this setting to specify a table, indexed by item name, that
      contains an optional HTML fragment to display on the details page for
      this item.  The expected columns in the table are "name" and "html".</P>
     <P><B>Example</B>:</P>
     <pre>   itemDetailsHtmlTable pseudoGeneDetails</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemImagePath"><span class="types bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemImagePath &lt;path&gt; &lt;suffix&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>itemBigImagePath &lt;path&gt; &lt;suffix&gt;</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>Not found in any of the Genome Browser trackDb.ra files.  Custom or dataHub 
     setting.</I></P> -->
     <P>Items can be
     associated with images and the images can be made visible with
     these two settings.  The <code>itemImagepath</code> specifies a
     URL path to a directory with image files named in the format 
     <code>{name}.{suffix}</code>.  The name is retrieved from the table or remote data
     file.  This image will be displayed on the item detaiIs page.  If
     <code>itemBigImagePath</code> is also supplied, then a link to a
     larger image will be provided.  If the path provided is local to
     the browser then the path should be relative.</P>
     <P><B>Example</B>:</P>
     <pre>
     itemImagePath images/myTrackImages png
     itemBigImagePath http://bigImages.com/myTrackImages jpg    </pre>
     <P>When the user clicks
     on a item named fred, then the item details page will show
     the image <code>images/myTrackImages/fred.png</code> and will also
     provide a link to a larger image at
     <code>http://bigImages.com/myTrackImages/fred.jpg</code>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mafTrack"><span class="types bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>mafTrack &lt;trackName&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS</I></P>
     <P>By specifying a multiple alignments track, the item details page
     will illustrate the differences for that item across a number of species.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   mafTrack multiz46way</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="nextExonText"><span class="types all"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>nextExonText &lt;str&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>prevExonText &lt;str&gt;</code></div>
     <P>For tracks that
     offer multiple block items such as gene models, the next/previous
     exon arrows are usually displayed by default in the Browser.  The functionality of
     these tiny arrows is described by mouse-over "tool tips"
     that default to "Next Exon" and "Prev Exon".
     If the blocks do not represent exons, you can adjust the tool tip text to the
     appropriate information with these two settings.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     nextExonText "Next Match"
     prevExonText "Previous Match"    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showTopScorers"><span class="types bed bed5FloatScoreWithFdr bed5FloatScore"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showTopScorers #</code></div>
     <P>Use this setting to
     show a list of some number of top-scoring items in a region of the genome, when
     looking at an individual item in the item details page.  The
     region will cover the current browser window coordinates.
     Currently this setting is not configurable.</P>
     <P><B>Example</B>:</P>
     <pre>   showTopScorers 20</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bed_example"><span class="types bed bigBed broadPeak"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of item base types</B></div>
     <pre>
     type bed 3    </pre>
     <P>The simplest bed
     format, with nothing more than a chromosome and the start and stop
     coordinates for each bed item.  There is nothing to configure.</P>
 
     <pre>
     type bed 6 +
     colorByStrand 255,0,0 0,0,255
       ...
 
     type bigBed 6 +
     colorByStrand 255,0,0 0,0,255
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The type setting for
     a bed and a bigBed are nearly identical.  Here, both type settings
     specify a track with the first 6 standard bed fields defined
     (up to <code>strand</code>) and with additional fields defined
     after those 6 (indicated by the '<code>+</code>'). The
     <code>colorByStrand</code> setting configures the plus strand items
     to be colored red, while the minus strand items are blue.</P>
 
     <pre>
     type bigBed 8 .
     scoreFilter 700
     scoreFilterLimits 100:1000
     thickDrawItem on
     spectrum on
     scoreMin 700
     scoreMax 900
     color 0,0,128
     minGrayLevel   4
       ...    </pre>
     <P>A bigBed track with
     the first 8 standard bed fields (through <code>thickEnd</code>),
     and no additional fields.  The '<code>.</code>' tells
     the Browser that the user may configure this track.  The score
     filter is explicitly declared to default to 700, and the defined
     range of 100 - 1000 suggests there are no values of interest below 100. 
     This example also colors the description text blue and presents
     a spectrum or gradation of darkness based upon the score range.
     Items with a score or 700 or less are displayed as the lightest
     and items with a score of 900 or more are the darkest.  Finally, 
     the <code>minGrayLevel</code> ensures that the lightest shade is visible 
     to the user.  No doubt the value of '4' was chosen after experimentation 
     with the Browser display.</P>
 
     <pre>
     type broadPeak
     pValueFilter 2.0
     pValueFilterLimits 0.0:300.0    </pre>
     <P>This track is a
     essentially a bed 6+3 format dataset, but it has been defined with
     special features for ENCODE.  The pValueFilter applies to a field
     named pValue which is one of the 3 additional fields after the
     standard 6.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigBed_example"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of item base types</B></div>
     <pre>
     type bigBed 6 +
     colorByStrand 255,0,0 0,0,255
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The type setting for
     a bed and a bigBed are nearly identical.  Here, both type settings
     would define a track with the first 6 standard bed fields defined
     (up to <code>strand</code>) and with additional fields defined
     after those 6.  Notice that plus strand items are colored red,
     while minus strand items are blue.</P><BR>
 
     <pre>
     type bigBed 8 .
     scoreFilter 700
     scoreFilterLimits 100:1000
     thickDrawItem on
     spectrum on
     scoreMin 700
     scoreMax 900
     color 0,0,255
     minGrayLevel   4
       ...    </pre>
     <P>A bigBed track with
     the first 8 standard bed fields (through <code>thickEnd</code>),
     and no additional fields.  The '<code>.</code>' is required to tell
     the Browser that the user may configure this track.  The score
     filter is explicitly declared to default to 700, and an allowable
     range for the score suggests there are no values below 100 worth
     looking at.  This example also sets the description text to blue and presents
     a spectrum or gradation of darkness based upon the score range.
     Items with score 700 or less are the lightest, and items with
     score 900 or more are the darkest.  Finally the lightest
     shade is set to be not too light with the <code>minGrayLevel</code>
     setting.  No doubt 4 was chosen after experimentation to see how
     it actually looks in the Browser.</P><BR>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - WIG/BIGWIG settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="wig_intro">
 <H3>wig, bigWig, and bedGraph: Signal graphing tracks </H3>
     <P>
     Another set of common track types is one that graphs a density signal along
     the genome. The graph can be a continuously varying density plot or
     one that displays a density signal in only certain regions.  The
     oldest and simplest of these is of <code>wig</code> format. This type has been
     improved as a <code>bedGraph</code> and then greatly enhanced as a <code>bigWig</code>.
     While there are differences among the formats, all support the basic
     graph configuration controls.  For detailed specifications of each
     type and how to prepare them for display in the Genome Browser please
     see the <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html">FAQ</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigWig_intro">
 <H3>bigWig:  Signal graphing tracks </H3>
     <P>Another set of common track types are those that graph a density signal along
     the genome. The graph can be a continuously varying density plot or
     one that displays a density signal in only certain regions.  For data hubs
     the most common signal track type is <code>bigWig</code>.
     For detailed specifications of the <code>bigWig</code> remote data
     file format and how to prepare it for display in the Genome Browser please
     see: <A HREF="../bigWig.html">
     http://genome.ucsc.edu/goldenPath/help/bigWig.html</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wig"><span class="types wig bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type wig &lt;low#&gt; &lt;high#&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>type bigWig &lt;#&gt; &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>MariaDB tables of type
     <code>wig</code> and remote data files of type <code>bigWig</code>
     must declare the expected signal range for
     the data.</P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigWig"><span class="types bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bigWig &lt;#&gt; &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The remote data files of type <code>bigWig</code>
     must declare the expected signal range for
     the data.</P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="minLimit"><span class="types bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type bedGraph &lt;field&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>minLimit &lt;#&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>maxLimit &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The bedGraph type
     track has the same file format as a bed file, but is loaded into
     the MariaDB database in a form that can be graphed.  By default the
     value to be graphed is the fifth standard bed field,
     <code>score</code>;  however, you can specify a different field to use.
     Typically only the first 3 standard bed fields are included
     (<code>chrom</code>, <code>start</code>, <code>stop</code>) and the fourth field
     contains the signal value.  The bedGraph track offers
     a couple of important improvements over the wig track.  In wig
     tracks, the value of the signal is truncated into a single byte,
     which is effective for graphing but fails at data storage.  Also
     the wig type was originally designed for fixed-size windowing, though
     variations were added.  The bedGraph type allows for variable
     windowing and defining values even down to the base level.  To be
     clear, bigWig tracks are as versatile as bedGraphs.  It is
     only the wig format that suffers from these limitations.</P>
 
     <P>On the other hand the storage density of wig, particularly the fixed step
     variant, is vastly denser than bedGraph. In cases where the data is solely
     meant for display, the 256 levels supported by wig more than suffice.  For
     single-base or even 10-base level resolutions, bedGraph is generally not practical
     genome-wide.  Note also that wigs converted to bigWigs do not suffer the reduced
     precision of wigs loaded directly into the database.   A bigWig based on fixedStep
     wigs is the best way to represent dense graphs over the genome.</P>
 
     <P>Note that the lower and upper limits of the bedGraph signal are not declared in the type, 
     but rather are declared with 2 separate settings, <code>minLimit</code> and
     <code>maxLimit</code>.
     </P>
     <!--  <P><I>TODO: Deprecate minLimit/maxLimit.</I></P> -->
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="alwaysZero"><span class="types wig bedGraph bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>alwaysZero  &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When autoScale is set to "on" or "group" in the signal track, 
     additionally setting <code>alwaysZero</code> to "on" will ensure that the y=0
     value will be in view at all times. Default: off.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="autoScale"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>autoScale &lt;off/on/group&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is available for both the graph types of tracks (wig,
     bigWig, bedGraph) and the Hi-C heatmap tracks (hic).  It behaves slightly
     differently for each.</p>
     <p>For graph tracks, the graph of the data displayed in the Browser image
     is usually scaled on the y-axis in absolute coordinates.  However, you can
     display the data in two types of autoScale which will ensure either that
     the high score in the current viewing window will peak at the top of the
     graph, or that all tracks in a composite will be scaled according to the
     highest point in the viewing window of any visible tracks in the same
     composite.  Like most graph settings, this is configurable by the user.
     Setting it to "<code>on</code>" in trackDb will default the track to
     <code>auto-scale to data view</code>. The setting will independently
     scale its y-axis based on the data within the track. Setting it to
     "<code>group</code>" in trackDb will default the track to
     <code>group auto-scale</code>. With this setting, tracks within the same
     group will share the same y-axis scaling. This means that the maximum and
     minimum values on the y-axis will be determined based on the data across
     all tracks within the same group. This can be useful when comparing
     multiple tracks and wanting to ensure consistency in scaling. The
     default is "<code>off</code>" which will set the track to
     <code>use vertical viewing range setting</code>.</P>
     <P>NOTE: These options can be misleading if a noisy, low signal
     erroneously appears as significant because there is no high signal in the
     view window. To use the <b>group</b> option declare the setting only in
     the parent bigWig composite, not in the individual children tracks.</P>
     <p>For Hi-C tracks, higher interaction scores are represented with more
     intense colors.  When this setting is set to "<code>off</code>", the score
     at which the color reaches maximum intensity is a fixed value that can
     be chosen with the <code>saturationScore</code> trackDb setting.  When this
     setting is set to "<code>on</code>", the maximum intensity score
     changes dynamically depending on the values in the current viewing window.
     The default value for this setting is "<code>on</code>".  The
     "<code>group</code>" option for autoScale is not available for Hi-C
     tracks.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   autoScale on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="graphTypeDefault"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>graphTypeDefault points</code></div>
     <P>The signal can be
     graphed as either "<code>points</code>" displayed at the signal
     value, or the default space-filling "<code>bar</code>".</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   graphTypeDefault points</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxHeightPixels"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxHeightPixels &lt;max:default:min&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The amount of
     vertical viewing space for your signal track should be declared,
     though it is configurable by the user.  Typically it is set to no
     more than 100 pixels and no less than 8, with a default of 16 or
     32 pixels.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   maxHeightPixels 100:16:8</pre>
     <P>The browser will display the track as 16 pixels high, but the user
     can scale it up to 100 pixels.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxWindowToQuery"><span class="types bed bigWig bedlogR"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxWindowToQuery &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>For bigWigs only</I></P>
     <P>When signal data is clicked in the Browser image, the details of the signal
     in the current viewing window are displayed.  For bigWigs that
     reference remote data, the query can be a very expensive operation if the current window 
     is large.  To avoid overburdening the Browser, the size of the window to
     query should be limited.  The value of this setting is the maximum window size in bases that
     should be queried to give the detailed signal numbers.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="negateValues"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>negateValues &lt;on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Negate the values in the wiggle, meaning that positive values become negative and vice-versa.
     This is useful for wiggles representing transcription or other activities on the Crick strand.
     Be aware that wiggles with negative values are drawn in <B>altColor</B> not <B>color</B> as
     positive values are. Also, tracks using the windowing function "mean+whiskers" will see the
     shading of colors impacted, with lighter shades for values a standard deviation around the mean,
     most noticeable when zoomed out and average calculations are taking place.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="spanList"><span class="types wig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>spanList &lt;s1&gt;[,s2&hellip;]</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  For wig tracks only.</I></P>
 <!-- DONNA - redo -->
     Sets the data point span to just be the first span in table or list of spans in
     the loaded table you can find the spans by doing:
     "<code>select span from &lt;table&gt; group by span</code>".
     Typically spanList is only one as the example shows. Rarely there may be
     more: <BR>"<code>spanList 1,1000</code>".
     Special efforts must be made to load extra
     spans into the table for special purposes.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   spanList 1</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="setColorWith"><span class="types bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>setColorWith &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <P> Specifies the URL to a bed 9 bigBed file. Notably, this file contains
     regions (chr + chromStart + chromEnd) in the first three fields, and then
     an RGB value in the 9th field. The associated bigWig track will then be
     colored regionally to reflect this bigBed file.</p>
     <p>An example of this in use can be seen with <a
     href="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ucscGenomeBrowser/kent/refs/heads/master/src/hg/makeDb/trackDb/human/cadd1_7.ra"
     target="_blank">CADD 1.7</a>. It may also be helpful to reference our
     <a href="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/ucscGenomeBrowser/kent/refs/heads/master/src/hg/makeDb/scripts/wigColorByColors/makeWigColorByRevelCadd.py"
     target="_blank">previously used script</a> for a method on how to
     generate this file based on score thresholds, colors, and an
     input bigWig track.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   setColorWith url or relative path </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="smoothingWindow"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>smoothingWindow &lt;off/1-16&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Often signal
     information is chunky, because a single value is given for a number of
     bases.  The graph can smooth the chunky data, presenting a display
     more reflective of the actual biology it is meant to illustrate.
     The numerical value of this setting determines how much
     surrounding data to use for smoothing: the larger the number, the
     less abrupt the curves will be.  The setting is user-configurable. Default: off.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   smoothingWindow 4</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="transformFunc"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>transformFunc &lt;NONE/LOG&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The track's signal
     can be presented in log scale with this user-configurable setting. Default: NONE.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   transformFunc LOG</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="logo"><span class="types bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>logo on</code></div>
     <P>The signal can be graphed as reference base nucleotide letters with their heights equal to the
     signal value within the bigWig track. If not sufficiently zoomed in, the bigWig will
     revert to bars instead of letters by default. See a working example of the <code>logo</code>
     dynseq display on the <a href="../bigWig.html#Ex4" target="_blank">bigWig</a> help page.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   logo on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mouseOverFunction"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>mouseOverFunction &lt;noAverage&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Limit mouse over value display to only display the fundamental values
     without any averaging of multiple data points.  Display will show
     "zoom in to see values" when fundamental individual values can not
     be shown.  Useful for tracks where averaging values together is not a
     valid operation.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   mouseOverFunction noAverage</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="viewLimits"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>viewLimits &lt;lower:upper&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>viewLimitsMax &lt;lower:upper&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The data of most interest in a graph
     track may be contained within a narrow range.  Typically 
     high outlier values can skew a graph and very low values may
     represent uninteresting data.  Use viewLimits to set the default
     viewing range.  Also use viewLimitsMax as suggested outer bounds.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     viewLimits 5:20
     viewLimitsMax0:100    </pre>
     <P>Any data points of 20 or above will be
     shown as the peak of the graph.  Data points that are below 5
     will not be displayed.  Even though the full data range extends to
     100, these settings suggest that scores of 20 or more are all
     considered highly relevant.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wigColorBy"><span class="types wig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>wigColorBy &lt;bedTable&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  For wig tracks only.</I></P>
     <P>Regions of the
     graphed signal may be highlighted by color.  Use a bed 
     table and the <code>color</code> settings to shade regions of the wig
     track.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     wigColorBy myBed
     color 175,150,128
     altColor 255,128,0    </pre>
     <P>The bed-type table "myBed" is used to highlight
     regions of graphed signal based upon the scores in that table.
     The table may itself be a visible track, or may exist only for the
     purpose of highlighting the signal track.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="windowingFunction"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>windowingFunction  &lt;mean/mean+whiskers/maximum/minimum&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Depending upon how large of a genomic region
     is displayed in the Browser image, it may be necessary to summarize
     the actual signal.  This user-configurable setting controls how the Browser 
     collapses the signal from (for example) 100 or 100 thousand bases down to
     a single pixel.  By default
     the single pixel represents the <code>mean</code> of the data, though the
     <code>maximum</code> or <code>minimum</code> can alternatively be displayed.  A more informative
     option is often <code>mean+whiskers</code>.  This setting displays the
     mean, max and one standard deviation above mean, differentiated by shading. 
     The mean is displayed as the darkest shade, one stdDev above mean as 
     slightly lighter, and the max as the lightest shade.
     This subtle shading can quickly indicate if the
     condensed data is hiding important information that can 
     be adequately evaluated only by zooming in.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   windowingFunction mean+whiskers</pre>
     <P>When zoomed out, this track will show the mean
     signal but include shading representing higher scores.  The user
     may change this setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="yLineMark"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>yLineMark &lt;#&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>yLineOnOff &lt;off/on&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>gridDefault   on</code></div>
     <P>It can be useful to
     draw a line across the track's signal graph at some fixed y
     coordinate.  Do this by setting <code>yLineOnOff</code> to "on" and specifying the
     y coordinate with <code>yLineMark</code>.  These two settings are
     configurable by the user. Defaults: off and 0.0.</P>
     <P>Often confused with
     these configurable settings is the <code>gridDefault</code>, which simply draws a
     a line at y=0 across your entire track.  This setting might be
     useful if the lack of data is equivalent to a 0 signal.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     yLineOnOff on
     yLineMark 2.5
     gridDefault on    </pre>
     <P>The signal is graphed with a default solid line
     at zero, suggesting that any gaps in data should be interpreted as
     zero signal.  There will also be a line at the signal height of 2.5
     that may be used to emphasize which peaks in the signal reach
     this critical height.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wig_example"><span class="types wig bigWig bedGraph"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of signal graphing tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     type wig 0 100
     windowingFunction maximum
     viewLimits 5:20
     viewLimitsMax 0:100
     maxHeightPixels 100:16:8
     spanList 1
     wigColorBy myBed
       ...  </pre>
     <P>This wiggle track is
     composed of a MariaDB table and binary "wib" files that
     are referenced in the table.  The default windowing
     function is the maximum signal in each window (under each pixel)
     shown.  The span of bases covered by each row in
     the table is identical and can be gathered from the first row in
     the table.  The wiggle has colors supplied by the bed
     table, myBed.</P>
 
     <pre>
     type bigWig -0.25 37.6
     windowingFunction mean+whiskers
     viewLimits 5:20
     viewLimitsMax 0:37.6
     maxHeightPixels 100:32:8
     yLineOnOff on
     yLineMark 15
     gridDefault on
     color 128,0,128
       ...  </pre>
     <P>This bigWig format
     signal is held in a data file (which may be remote).  The more
     informative mean+whiskers windowing function is used by default in
     this track, and the signal will be 32 pixels high in the Browser
     image display.  Note that even though the signal value may be
     less than zero, that portion of the signal will not be
     displayed.  The Browser will display a line at y=0 and another at y=15, which
     may be a threshold value for this signal.  The track will be colored purple.</P>
 
     <pre>
     bedGraph 4
     minLimit 0
     maxLimt 20
     viewLimits 5:8
     viewLimitsMax 0:20
     maxHeightPixels 100:16:8
       ...  </pre>
     <P>This bedGraph style signal track is composed of
     a MariaDB table of items, each with a score defined in the fourth
     column.  While a wiggle track is usually composed of fixed
     interval windows of signal (e.g. 200 bp), the bedGraph table may
     define a signal in varying granularities of windows with or
     without gaps.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigWig_example"><span class="types bigWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of signal graphing tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     type bigWig -0.25 37.6
     windowingFunction mean+whiskers
     viewLimits 5:20
     viewLimitsMax 0:37.6
     maxHeightPixels 100:32:8
     yLineOnOff on
     yLineMark 15
     gridDefault on
     color 128,0,128
       ...  </pre>
     <P>This bigWig format
     signal is held in a data file (which may be remote).  The more
     informative mean+whiskers windowing function is used by default in
     this track, and the signal will be 32 pixels high in the Browser
     image display.  Notice that even though the signal value may be
     less than zero, that portion of the signal will not be
     displayed.  The Browser will display a line at y=0 and another at y=15, which
     may be a threshold value for this signal.  The track will be colored purple.</P><BR>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - GENEPRED settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="genePred_intro">
 <H3>genePred: Gene models and predictions</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  (None of the settings in this section apply to hubs.)</I></P>
     <P>genePred is a variation of item-based tracks 
     designed especially for displaying gene
     models.  Gene models can be represented in <code>bed 12</code> or <code>bigBed 12</code>
     type tracks, but the genePred table format allows for more detail,
     such as distinguishing between transcript, coding region, and coding
     vs. non-coding exons.  Please refer to the
     <A HREF="http:../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html#format9">FAQ</A>
     for information on how to prepare genePred tables for inclusion in
     the Genome Browser.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="genePred"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type genePred [pepTable [mrnaTable]]</code></div>
     <P>This type of track, based on MariaDB tables, is for gene models and predictions.
     </P>
     <UL>
     <LI>pepTable - Optional protein sequence table</LI>
     <LI>mrnaTable - Optional representative mRNA table</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>Note that missing
     options can be filled with a '<code>.</code>' dot. Additional settings
     described below allow the grouping of gene models into classes and
     the coloring and filtering of the models by class.</P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="geneClasses"><span class="types genePred bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><I>Related settings:</I><BR>
     <code>geneClasses &lt;cl1 cl2...&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Genes can be grouped into classes for the
     purposes of coloring and filtering.  The trick is how to
     associate each named gene with its class. Use <code>geneClasses</code> to create a
     list of all gene class names delimited by white space.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="gClass_"><span class="types genePred bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>gClass_&lt;xxx&gt; &lt;red,green,blue&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Declare an RGB color for a named class.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemClassTbl"><span class="types genePred bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemClassTbl &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Declare a MariaDB table that will link classes
     to named gene models.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemClassNameColumn"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemClassNameColumn &lt;col&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Optionally declare the column of the
     itemClassTbl that will hold the genePred names. Default: 
     <code>name</code>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemClassClassColumn"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemClassClassColumn &lt;col&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Optionally declare the column of the
     itemClassTbl that will hold the class.  Default: <code>class</code>.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     geneClasses rRNA tRNA snRNA
     gClass_rRNA 255,0,0
     gClass_tRNA 0,255,0
     gClass_snRNA 0,0,255
     itemClassTbl rnaTypes
     itemClassNameColumn rnaName
     itemClassClassColumn rnaType    </pre>
     <P>In this genePred type track, RNA gene models
     are divided into 3 classes that are colored red, green or blue.
     The association of named gene models in the genePred table
     with the three classes is defined in the "rnaType" table.
     That table holds the RNA type in the "rnaType" column and the
     gene name in the "rnaName" column.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterBy_genePred"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>filterBy &lt;field1:title=[+]option1a...&gt;
                                 [field2:title=[+]opt2a...]</code></div>
     <P>Filtering gene models by table column or even
     itemClassTbl column can be achieved by this setting. Complete
     description of this setting can be found in the 
     <A HREF="#filterBy">bed/bigBed</A> item-based track settings. Here is an example for
     referencing the class as found in the table defined by <code>itemClassTbl</code>.  Not all
     track types will support externally referenced tables using <code>filterBy</code>
     as <code>genePred</code> type does.  But if you understand the CGI code that
     performs the table select, then filterBy can provide a powerful extension to
     the SQL selection used.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     geneClasses rRNA tRNA snRNA
     gClass_rRNA 255,0,0
     gClass_tRNA 0,255,0
     gClass_snRNA 0,0,255
     itemClassTbl rnaTypes
     itemClassClassColumn rnaType
     filterBy rnaTypes.rnaType:Class=\
              rRNA|Ribosomal_RNA{color:#FF0000},\
              tRNA|Transfer_RNA{color:#00FF00},\
              snRNA|Small_Nuclear_RNA{color:#0000FF}    </pre>
     <P>When gene models are
     selected from the genePred table for display in the Browser,
     their class is also selected from the "rnaTypes" table.  Using the
     <code>filterBy</code> setting creates a user selectable drop-down list box of
     3 choices or "all".  When the user filters by tRNA and snRNA (the
     green and blue choices), the SQL select statement used by the
     Browser will be limited by the where clause "<code>where
     rnaTypes.rnaType in ('tRNA','snRNA')</code>".
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="autoTranslate"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>autoTranslate 0</code></div>
     <P>By default, a
     predicted protein translation is generated for a gene model when
     a user views it on the details page.  This feature may be blocked 
     by setting <code>autoTranslate</code> to zero.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   autoTranslate 0</pre>
     <P> The genPred track
     will NOT show auto-generated protein sequence, perhaps because
     this track is for RNA genes.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="intronGap"><span class="types genePred psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>intronGap &lt;#bases&gt;</code></div>
     <P>In drawing gene models, it can be useful to see
     "exon arrows" when the transcript extends beyond the current
     window.  This setting, which defaults to zero, ensures that these
     arrows will not be drawn if the interceding intron gap is less
     than the stated number of bases.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   intronGap 12</pre>
     <P>Don't draw exon arrows when the gap between
     exons is 12 bases or less.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="defaultLinkedTables"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>defaultLinkedTables &lt;table1&gt;[,table2...]</code></div>
     <P>In hgTables, when selecting output fields,
     display these all.joiner-linked tables by default.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   defaultLinkedTables kgXref</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="idXref"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>idXref &lt;idColumn&gt; &lt;altIdColumn&gt;</code></div>
     <P>By using this setting you can link alternative
     names to the gene models found in a genePred.   This is used by
     the Table Browser to establish links to other tables.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     track knownGenes
     idXref kgAlias kgID alias    </pre>
     <P>The ID in the name column of the knownGenes
     table is related to the alias found in the kgAlias table.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="oldToNew"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>oldToNew &lt;tableName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>In successive versions of gene models, it can
     be helpful to map older genes to their newer models.  This can be
     done by providing a MariaDB table that maps the change, and then using
     this setting to ensure the gene details page shows any changes.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     track knownGeneOld5
     oldToNew kg5ToKg6    </pre>
     <P>The older version of UCSC Genes references
     changes that are seen in the newer version.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="genePred_example"><span class="types genePred"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of genePred tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     type genePred
     oldToNew kg5ToKg6
     baseColorUseCds given
     baseColorDefault genomicCodons
     geneClasses coding nonCoding pseudo
     itemClassTbl myClasses
     gClass_coding 12,12,120
     gClass_nonCoding 0,153,0
     gClass_pseudo 255,51,255
     filterBy myClasses.transcriptClass:Class=\
             coding{color:#0C0C78},\
             nonCoding{color:#009900},\
             pseudo{color:#FF33FF}
       ...    </pre>
     <P>Gene model track
     with defined classes and the option to filter by the color-coded
     classes.  Note the base level coloring option.</P>
     <pre>
     type genePred . mrna
     url https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/IEB/Research/Acembly/av.cgi?db=hg17&amp;l=$$
     urlLabel AceView Gene Summary:    </pre>
     <P>This gene prediction
     track has associated representative mRNAs found in the "mrna"
     table. There is also an "AceView Gene Summary" url
     presented on the details page.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - BAM settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bam_intro">
 <H3>bam/cram: Compressed Sequence Alignment/Map tracks</H3>
     <P>The bam/cram format is an
     indexed compressed data format for sequence alignments.  It is ideal
     for remote access of high-throughput sequence tags and is a native
     output format for some high-throughput sequencing (HTS) aligners.
     The format of bam data is data-file pairs, with an index in a separate file.
     CRAM files are compressed versions of BAM files where the reference sequence is not included.
     CRAM files should be listed as "type bam" in trackDb.
     These are frequently remote datasets, not residing on the UCSC server.  Please refer to
     the <A HREF="../bam.html">BAM track format page</A> or <A HREF="../cram.html">CRAM track format page</A> 
     and the <A HREF="http://samtools.sourceforge.net/" TARGET=_blank>SAMtools website</A>
     for information on how to create and deploy these remote data files
     for inclusion in the Genome Browser.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bam"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type bam</code></div>
     <P>Declares configuration settings for a track of type bam. If the <code>bigDataUrl</code> 
     setting is included, that data at the location specified by that URL will be
     displayed. Otherwise, a database table with a single column <code>fileName</code>
     can specify the location of a local file or a URL.
     If the database table includes a column <code>seqName</code>, a different
     BAM file or URL can be specified for each assembly sequence.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bamColorMode"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><I>Related settings:</I><BR>
     <code>bamColorMode &lt;strand/gray/tag/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>There are numerous ways to color bam tracks
     to highlight certain aspects of the data.  All of these are
     user-configurable.</P>
     <P>Possible settings:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>strand</code>: (Default) When colored by strand, mismatched bases are highlighted in
     <B style="color:#FF0000;">bright red</B>, alignments on the reverse strand are
     colored <B style="color:#880000;">dark red</B>, and alignments on the forward strand are
     colored <B style="color:#000088;">dark blue</B>.</LI>
     <LI><code>gray</code>: When colored in grayscale, items are shaded according to the 
     method specified by <code>bamGrayMode</code>: alignment quality, base qualities, or unpaired
     ends.</LI>
     <LI><code>tag</code>: Colors are specified in "user-defined tags". SAM/BAM may
     include user-defined tags, the names of which begin with X, Y or Z and include one other letter
     or number. The user-defined tag named here specifies red, green and blue (RGB) intensities
     as a zero-terminated string (tag type Z) containing comma-separated triples of numbers
     from 0-255. For example, if a SAM/BAM record includes the tag YC:Z:255,0,0, then the
     item is colored red; YC:Z:0,0,255 makes the item blue. By default, the tag is "YC" unless
     changed using the <code>bamColorTag</code> setting.</LI>
 <!-- DONNA - don't understand what he means by "tag named here". TIM answers: I welcome a rewrite 
     here.  In this section "tag" is being used in 2 ways. Sequence "tags" are the bam "items" 
     (akin to bed items).  But "bamColorMode tag" refers to special "tags imbedded in the bam 
     data file.  In both cases I was using the terminology of the art.  High-throughput 
     sequencing often refers to sequence tags as the short stretches of 20-100bp that are 
     aligned to the reference genome.  But the "YC" style codes imbedded in the bam file are 
     also referred to as tags by bam documentation.  Honestly I do not know much about these 
     color tags in the data and tried to use wording that would be recognizable to a bam 
     file creator. -->
     <LI><code>off</code>: No additional coloring.</LI>
     </UL>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bamGrayMode"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>bamGrayMode &lt;aliQual/baseQual/unpaired&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>aliQualRange &lt;min:max&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>baseQualRange &lt;min:max&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When <code>bamColorMode</code> is set to "gray", you
     can highlight one of the following:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>aliQual</code>: (Default) The "alignment qualities" of the items are
     shaded on a scale of 0 (lightest) to 99 (darkest). Use <code>aliQualRange</code>
     to specify a default range.</LI>
     <LI><code>baseQual</code>: "Base qualities" are shaded on a
     scale of 0 (lightest) to 40 (darkest). Use <code>baseQualRange</code>
     to specify a default range.</LI>
     <LI><code>unpaired</code>: When "unpaired ends" is selected, an item that
     was paired in sequencing but whose mate was not mapped is colored gray,
     while singletons and properly paired items are colored black.</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>Refer to the 
     <A HREF="http://samtools.sourceforge.net/" TARGET=_blank>SAM format details</A> 
     for a discussion of these values.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bamColorTag"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bamColorTag &lt;XX&gt;</code></div>
     <P>You can also use RGB data associated with
     individual tags within the bam file itself.  Refer to the 
     <A HREF="http://samtools.sourceforge.net/" TARGET=_blank>SAM documentation</A> 
     to understand how the RGB values are included.
     When the <code>bamColorMode</code> is set to "tag", the standard "YC" tag
     is used as the default. The default may be overridden with this setting.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="noColorTag"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>noColorTag .</code></div>
     <P>The bam coloring options are all user-configurable within the browser. If your
     bam dataset contains no color tags, this setting should be included to block the
     Browser from offering the option to color tags by an embedded RGB value.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     bamColorMode strand
     noColorTag    </pre>
     <P>Sets the bam to use the default coloring scheme based on strand alignment. At the same time,
     the bam track will not offer the option to color the tags by
     RGB values, perhaps because this bam has no RGB values.</P>
     <pre>
     bamColorMode gray
     bamGrayMode aliQual
     aliQualRange 20:80    </pre>
     <P>These settings
     will highlight tags by alignment quality score.  If the score
     is at 80 or above, the tag is shaded black; if it is less than
     20, the tag is shaded very light gray.</P>
     <pre>
     bamColorMode tag
     bamColorTag YC    </pre>
     <P>The bam file includes RGB values in the YC
     field that will be used to color tags.</P>
     <pre>
     bamColorMode off  </pre>
     <P>No special coloring will be applied to items.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bamSkipPrintQualScore"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>bamSkipPrintQualScore .</code></div>
     <P>Any bam tag can be
     displayed on the details page by clicking on it in the Browser
     image.  The details include quality scores by default.  If these
     scores are not relevant for this particular bam, they may be excluded
     from the details page with this setting.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   bamSkipPrintQualScore .</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="indelDoubleInsert"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>indelDoubleInsert &lt;off/on&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>indelQueryInsert &lt;off/on&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>indelPolyA &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Insertion and deletion
     differences between tag sequences and the reference genome can be
     highlighted with the use of these settings. These options may be
     set by the user.</P>
     <UL>
     <LI> <code>indelDoubleInsert</code>: Use to highlight alignment gaps in both the target
     (reference) and query (tag) sequence with double (<B>=</B>) lines.</LI>
     <LI> <code>indelQueryInsert</code>: Use to highlight an insert in the query
     sequence only by drawing an orange (<B style="color:orange;">|</B>)
     or purple (<B style="color:purple;">|</B>) vertical line.
     Orange lines show unalignable regions in the middle of a sequence,
     and purple highlights regions at the end of the query sequence.</LI>
     <LI><code>indelPolyA</code>: Use to highlight an apparently valid
     poly-a tail by drawing a vertical green line (<B style="color:green;">|</B>).</LI>
     </UL>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     baseColorUseSequence genbank
     indelDoubleInsert on
     indelQueryInsert on
     indelPolyA on    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="minAliQual"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>minAliQual &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>Not found in UCSC's trackDbs</I></P> -->
     <P>When the Browser image is zoomed in to the level where individual tags are visible, the 
     tags in a bam file can be filtered to show only those with a minimum alignment quality score.
     This is a user-configurable setting. Default: 0.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B>
     </P>
     <pre>   minAliQual 20</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pairEndsByName"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><I>Related settings:</I><BR>
     <code>pairEndsByName .</code></div>
     <P>Some high-throughput sequencing technologies
     result in "paired end" tags, which are two individual bam
     records joined by their name.  If this is the case with your
     dataset, include this setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pairSearchRange"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pairSearchRange &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>Not found in UCSC's trackDbs</I></P> -->
     <P>Searching to join pairs of tags by name
     will be limited to a maximum distance (default: 20,000
     bases). Use a larger range to increase the likelihood that both
     reads in a pair will be found even when only one read is in
     the viewed region.  Use a smaller range to speed image rendering.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     pairedEndsByName .
     pairSearchRange 5000    </pre>
     <P>The dataset includes paired end tags. The maximum search range to join tag pairs
     by name is capped at 5000.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showNames"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showNames &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When the Browser image is zoomed in to the level where individual tags are viewable,
     the query name for each tag is shown by default.  Use this setting to hide this name.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   showNames off</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="doWiggle"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>doWiggle on</code></div>
     <p>The doWiggle setting enables the BAM data to be displayed as a bar graph where the
     height is proportional to the number of reads mapped to each genomic position. Through
     dynamic calculation of items in the current window, this feature plots a line similar
     to a wiggle graph that can be customized with a number of graph-based configuration options
     such as drawing indicator lines, smoothing plots, adjusting graph height and vertical range,
     and switching from bars to points. Please note that the feature is best displayed with
     &quot;Display mode&quot; set to full and that the default &quot;Data view scaling&quot;
     is &quot;auto-scale to data view.&quot;</p>
     <p><b>Example:</b></p>
     <pre>   doWiggle on</pre>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="bam_example"><span class="types bam"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a bam track</B></div>
     <pre>
     type bam
     bigDataUrl http://hgdownload/ucsc.edu/goldenPath/hg19/bambam/barneysSon.bam
     pairEndsByName on
     showNames off
     bamColorMode off
     bamGrayMode aliQual
     indelDoubleInsert on
     indelQueryInsert on
     maxWindowToDraw 10000
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The bam data is held in the file "barneysSon.bam" which is at an 
     internet-accessible location.  In addition to the data file, an
     associated index file must reside at the same location. The index file must have the
     same name as the data file, with ".bai" appended (e.g. <code>barneysSon.bam.bai</code>).</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - PSL settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="psl_intro">
 <H3>psl: Sequence alignments</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  (None of the settings in this section are available for hubs, 
     although it is likely that hub support will be added in the future.)</I></P>
     <P>PSL is an alignment format in which the data is typically taken from files generated
     by BLAT or psLayout.  For further information about this format
     please refer to the <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html#format2">FAQ</A> and
     <A HREF="../hgTracksHelp.html#BLATAlign" TARGET="_blank">BLAT 
     documentation</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="psl"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type psl &lt;subtype&gt; [otherDb]</code></div>
     <P>The psl type tracks
     require the specification of a subtype: <code>est</code>, <code>mrna</code>,
     <code>protein</code> or <code>xeno</code>.  The default, which is
     represented as ".", is regular human mRNA.  When the <code>xeno</code> subtype
     is selected, an additional optional parameter may be set to specify the other species
     assembly.  If present, the alignments can be color-coded by
     chromosome, and the chromosome and position (in kilobases) are shown
     in the alignments label.</P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="blastRef"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>blastRef &lt;assembly.table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Include a blastRef
     to an assembly and table that contains geneId and position
     retrievable by accession id.  This information will be displayed
     in the item name.</P>
 <!-- DONNA - what is a blastRef? -->
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   blastRef hg17.blastKGRef02</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="colorChromDefault"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>colorChromDefault off</code></div>
     <P>For psl tracks of
     subtype <code>xeno</code>, the alignments may be colored to indicated their 
     location in the other species.  This setting is turned on by default 
     when the other species is specified in the <code>type psl</code>
     setting.  Use this setting to turn off chromosome coloring by default,
     offering the user the choice to turn it on. 
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     type psl xeno loxAfr1
     otherDb loxAfr1
     colorChromDefault off    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pred"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pred &lt;assembly.table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Use the pred setting
     to name an assembly and table containing protein sequence data for
     the named alignments.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>  pred hg18.blastKGPep04</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pslSequence"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pslSequence &lt;no/all/different&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting specifies some display configuration options for
     psl tracks that also have sequence loaded.  
     <UL>
     <LI><code>all</code>: Display nucleotide labels on all bases.</LI>
     <LI><code>different</code>: Label only base differences. </LI>
     <LI><code>no</code>:  Allow the user to select which of the other two options is preferred.</LI>
     </UL>
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>    pslSequence different</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="transMapGene"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>transMapGene &lt;assembly.table&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>transMapInfo &lt;table&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>transMapSrc &lt;assembly.table&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>transMapTypeDesc &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>For alignment tracks generated using the TransMap cross-species alignment
     algorithm, these settings are used to connect the transMap
     detailed information with the alignments.  
     <UL>
     <LI><code>transMapInfo</code>: Use to name the table in the current assembly that 
     ties an alignment with the source assembly and feature. </LI>
     <LI><code>transMapSrc</code>: Use
     to name the table in the source species assembly that contains
     the details of the feature's source location.  
     <LI><code>transMapGene</code>: Use to name the table mapping the alignment
     to gene names in the relevant species.  Note that tables that are
     common to multiple species should be put in the <code>hgFixed</code>
     database.  </LI> 
     <LI><code>transMapTypeDesc</code>: Use to
     set a label for the type of transMapping that the alignment covers.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     transMapInfo transMapInfoUcscGenes
     transMapSrc hgFixed.transMapSrcUcscGenes
     transMapGene hgFixed.transMapGeneUcscGenes
     transMapTypeDesc UCSC Gene
     baseColorUseCds table hgFixed.transMapGeneUcscGenes
     baseColorUseSequence extFile hgFixed.transMapSeqUcscGenes    </pre>
     <P>Note that several of the named tables are in
     <code>hgFixed</code>, which is a database containing tables that
     are shared by multiple species and assemblies.  Also notice that
     the same table that was named in <code>transMapGene</code> is
     also used in this example for <code>baseColorUseCds</code>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="ucscRetroInfo"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>ucscRetroInfo</code></div>
     <P>For alignments
     illustrating retrotransposition, use this setting to name a table
     with details of the source location.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   ucscRetroInfo ucscRetroInfo1</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="psl_example"><span class="types psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of psl alignment tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     track ucscRetroAli1
     type psl
     ucscRetroInfo ucscRetroInfo1
     baseColorDefault diffCodons
     baseColorUseCds table ucscRetroCds
     baseColorUseSequence extFile ucscRetroSeq1 ucscRetroExtFile1
     indelDoubleInsert on
     indelQueryInsert on
     showDiffBasesAllScales .
     showDiffBasesMaxZoom 10000.0
       ...    </pre>
     <P>In this example of
     retroposed genes, mature mRNA has been aligned to the genome.
     Notice there is a ucscRetroInfo table that describes the
     non-transposed gene location.  Also notice the use of the
     baseColor settings for coloring the coding sequence (CDS).</P><BR>
     <pre>
     track protBlat
     color 0,100,0
     altColor 255,240,200
     type psl protein
       ...    </pre>
     <P>In this example of
     protein sequence blat results, the color of matching sequence is
     green, while indels (in this case introns) are highlighted with
     yellow.</P><BR>
     <pre>
     track rgdEst
     spectrum on
     color 12,12,120
     type psl est
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This expressed
     sequence tag example will have colored alignments that are graded
     by a score thanks to "<code>spectrum on</code>".  Though psl tracks do not have
     a <code>score</code> column as part of the format, a score is
     generated based upon matches and mismatches in the alignment.  The
     shading is even more subtle in that the weight given to inserts
     varies depending upon whether the alignment is to the same or a
     different species.</P><BR>
     <pre>
     track blastzTetNig1
     color 0,0,0
     altColor 50,128,50
     spectrum on
     type psl xeno tetNig1
     otherDb tetNig1
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This psl track is for foreign species or "xeno"
     alignments, in this case the sequence reads of a species of fish
     aligned to human.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - CHAIN/NETALIGN settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="chain_intro">
 <H3>chain and netAlign: paired species alignments</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Nor are any of the settings in this section.</I></P>
     <P>While "<code>chain</code>" and
     "<code>netAlign</code>" formats are different, they often are paired to show two
     different views of the same data.
     </P>
     <P>Chain tracks show
     alignments of a "query" species to a "target" genome assembly.  For
     example, a chimp panTro2 can be aligned to the human hg19 genome.
     The chain format allows for gaps in both sequences simultaneously.
     When chains are viewed in the Browser, they show solid boxes for
     alignments, separated by either single or double lines.  The single
     lines appear when an insertion occurs in the target or a deletion
     occurs in the querying species.  Double lines represent gaps in both
     species that could result from a number of causes (e.g. an inversion
     in one species).  For more information on the "chain" format, please
     refer to <A HREF="../chain.html">
     http://genome.ucsc.edu/goldenPath/help/chain.html</A>.</P>
     <P>A netAlign track
     represents the best chain for each region in the target genome.  The net
     track will show the largest, highest scoring chains that span a
     region.  When these chains have gaps, they may be filled in
     with additional chains, shown at a lower level, and gaps in these
     chains may in turn be filled at an even lower level.  These levels
     help in visualizing genome rearrangements such as inversions and
     retroposed elements.    For more information on the netAlign
     format, please refer to
     <A HREF="../net.html">
     http://genome.ucsc.edu/goldenPath/help/net.html</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chain"><span class="types chain"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type chain &lt;otherDb&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>otherDb &lt;otherDb&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Tracks of type <code>chain</code> show sequence alignments
     from another species to the reference genome. This type
     requires the assembly database of the other species to be named in both the
     type setting and in the "<code>otherDb</code>" setting.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="netAlign"><span class="types netAlign"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type netAlign &lt;otherDb&gt; &lt;otherChainTable&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>otherDb &lt;otherDb&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Tracks of type netAlign show the best chains of
     sequence alignments from another species to the reference genome.
     Gaps are filled in levels, where possible.  This type requires the
     assembly database of the other species to be named in both the type setting and
     in the "<code>otherDb</code>" setting.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chainColor"><span class="types chain"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chainColor &lt;scheme&gt;</code></div>
     <P>By default chains are colored by the alignment
     chromosome of the query species.  This can be overridden with this
     setting.  The three options are:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>Chromosome</code> - default</LI>
     <LI><code>Normalized Score</code> - chains are colored by score</LI>
     <LI><code>Black</code> - no coloring occurs</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>This setting affects
     <code>chain</code> but not <code>netAlign</code> type tracks.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   chainColor Black</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chainLinearGap"><span class="types chain netAlign bed psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chainLinearGap &lt;loose/medium&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The chainLinearGap setting should reflect the
     "<code>-linearGap</code>" parameter used in axtChain to generate
     the track.  It represents the gap scoring matrix used and will be
     either:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>loose</code> - chicken/human linear gap costs</LI>
     <LI><code>medium</code>  - mouse/human linear gap costs</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>This setting is for both <code>chain</code> and <code>netAlign</code>
     type tracks.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   chainLinearGap medium</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chainMinScore"><span class="types chain netAlign bed psl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chainMinScore &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The chainMinScore setting should reflect the
     "<code>-minScore</code>" parameter used in axtChain to generate the
     track.  It represents the score threshold for chains to be
     included in the set.  Default is 1000.  This setting is for both
     chain and netAlign type tracks.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   chainMinScore 5000</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chainNormScoreAvailable"><span class="types chain netAlign bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chainNormScoreAvailable &lt;yes/no&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A given chain or netAlign track may or may not
     have a populated normScore column.  If the column exists, then
     its value can be displayed in the item details page of the
     Browser by setting chainNormScoreAvailable to <code>yes</code>. 
     Item coloring based upon score as selected by the
     <code>chainColor Normalized Score</code> setting also requires
     this setting to be <code>yes</code>.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     chainNormScoreAvailable yes
     chainColor Normalized Score    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="matrix"><span class="types chain netAlign bed psl"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>matrix &lt;size&gt; &lt;#,#,#,#,&hellip;&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>matrixHeader &lt;b1,b2,b3,b4&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>$matrix</code> token in html.</div>
     <P>The method for scoring and selecting chains and
     generating netAligns relies upon a matrix of costs for base
     substitutions.  The matrix used in the generation of any given
     paired alignment can vary depending upon such things as
     evolutionary distance and the species involved.  The matrix used
     can be dynamically included in the HTML description using three
     elements:</P>
     <OL>
     <LI>The HTML description must have the <code>$matrix</code> token in it.</LI>
     <LI>The <code>matrix</code> to be used must be defined
     with this trackDb setting.  The format of this setting is the cell
     size of the matrix which for DNA alignments is 16.  This size is
     separated by a space from the comma-delimited array of all the
     values as the matrix cells are filled in left to right and top to
     bottom.</LI>
     <LI>The <code>matrixHeader</code> setting should be
     used to define the order of base transitions in the matrix.
     Typically it is &ldquo;A,C,G,T &ldquo;.</LI>
     </OL>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     html chainNet
     matrixHeader A,C,G,T
     matrix 16 91,-114,-31,-123,\
                  -114,100,-125,-31,\
                  -31,-125,100,-114,\
                  -123,-31,-114,91    </pre>
     <P>Here the <code>$matrix</code> token found in the
     chainNet.html file will be replaced by the following matrix:</P>
     <!-- Note that this table is within "settingsTable" so CSS must be defined here -->
     <TABLE BORDER=1 CELLPADDING=7 class="matrixTable">
         <TR><TH></TH><TH>A</TH><TH>C</TH><TH>G</TH><TH>T</TH></TR>
         <TR><TH>A</TH><TD>91</TD><TD>-114</TD><TD>-31</TD><TD>-123</TD></TR>
         <TR><TH>C</TH><TD>-114</TD><TD>100</TD><TD>-125</TD><TD>-31</TD></TR>
         <TR><TH>T</TH><TD>-31</TD><TD>-125</TD><TD>100</TD><TD>-114</TD></TR>
         <TR><TH>G</TH><TD>-123</TD><TD>-31</TD><TD>-114</TD><TD>91</TD></TR>
     </TABLE>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chain_netAlign_example"><span class="types chain netAlign"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of chain and netAlign tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     track chainRheMac2
     type chain rheMac2
     otherDb rheMac2
     color 0,0,0
     altColor 100,50,0
     matrix 16 91,-114,-31,-123,-114,100,-125,-31,-31,-125,100,-114,-123,-31,-114,91
     matrixHeader A,C,G,T
     chainMinScore 3000
     chainLinearGap medium
     html chainNet
       ...
 
     track netRheMac1
     type netAlign rheMac1 chainRheMac2
     otherDb rheMac2
     matrix 16 91,-114,-31,-123,-114,100,-125,-31,-31,-125,100,-114,-123,-31,-114,91
     matrixHeader A,C,G,T
     chainMinScore 3000
     chainLinearGap medium
     html chainNet
       ...    </pre>
     <P>Both the chain and netAlign tracks above are
     for alignments of the query species/assembly <code>rheMac2</code>
     against the target species determined by the database this trackDb
     belongs to (e.g., human/hg19).  Because the netAlign track is
     based upon the data in the chain track, it references the track in its
     type setting.  Both tracks use the same matrix, chainMinScore and
     linear gap settings.  Methods to group these two tracks into a
     single set that share settings are described later in this
     document.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - WIGMAF settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="wigMaf_intro">
 <H3>wigMaf: Multiple alignments</H3>
     <P><I>NOT (currently) FOR HUBS.  Nor are any of the settings in this section.</I></P>
     <P>Multiple pairwise
     alignments can be displayed with "<code>wigMaf</code>" type tracks.  Tracks of
     this type may actually be composed of multiple tables and data files.
     The type setting will name the one MAF format table (with an
     associated "maf" file in /gbdb).  The optional "<code>wiggle</code>" setting will
     name one or more wig format tables (with an associated "wib" files)
     that contain conservation signals.  Please refer to the
     <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html#format9">FAQ</A>
     for information on how to prepare multiple alignment format datasets.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wigMaf"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type wigMaf &lt;minVal&gt; &lt;maxVal&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A wigMaf type track
     is composed both of MAF format alignment (loaded with hgLoadMaf).
     The track may optionally include one or more conservation signals.  The
     signals must be within the same data range defined with the min
     and max values in the type setting.
     </P>
     <P><em>Examples can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="frames"><span class="types wigMaf bigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>frames &lt;table/url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A wigMaf or bigMaf track can
     display gene codon translation.  The reading frame may differ
     between species.  By providing the reading frames information in a
     separate table, the user can choose which frame to use when
     viewing the data. For bigMaf the value is expected to be a bigBed, for wigMaf it should be a table.
     Read about <a href="../bigMaf.html#frames_summary">bigMaf supporting files</a> on the help page.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   frames myCodonFrames</pre>
     <pre>   frames myCodonFrames.bb</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="irows"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>irows off</code></div>
     <P>By default, gaps in the non-reference species are filled with the placeholder
     character:
     <UL>
     <LI><B>Single Line</B> '<code>-</code>': No bases in the aligned species. Possibly
     due to a lineage-specific insertion between the aligned blocks in the human genome
     or a lineage-specific deletion between the aligned blocks in the aligning species.</LI>
     <LI><B>Double line</B> '<code>=</code>': Aligning species has one or more unalignable
     bases in the gap region. Possibly due to excessive evolutionary distance between
     species or independent indels in the region between the aligned blocks in both species.</LI>
     <LI><B>Pale yellow coloring</B>:
     Aligning species has Ns in the gap region.
     Reflects uncertainty in the relationship between the DNA of both species, due
     to lack of sequence in relevant portions of the aligning species.</LI>
     </UL>
     These display conventions make it easier to visualize the columns in stacked
     alignments, but they also tend to clutter the display.  The user has the option to remove
     these placeholders by unchecking the "Display chains between alignments" option.  To
     set the default of this option to off, set <code>irows</code> to "<code>off</code>".
                 </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   irows off</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemFirstCharCase"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemFirstCharCase noChange</code></div>
     <P>This controls if 
     species names in the multiple alignment should be capitalized in
     the pairwise display.  Set "<code>noChange</code>" to avoid forcing
     the first letter to lower case.
     </P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   itemFirstCharCase noChange</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pairwiseHeight"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pairwiseHeight &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A wigMaf display in
     the Browser image is a stacked set of pairwise alignments to the
     target genome.  Using this setting, you can change the height of
     each pairwise signal in the image.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   pairwiseHeight 10</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesCodonDefault"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>speciesCodonDefault &lt;species&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting, which
     is used with "frames", declares the default species
     for the codon reading frame.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     speciesCodonDefault hg19
     frames myCodonFrames    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesDefaultOff"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>speciesDefaultOff &lt;species1&gt; [species2 ...]</code></div>
     <P>To control which of
     the stacked pairwise alignments are displayed or hidden by default, use
     <code>speciesDefaultOff</code> to list the species alignments that will not be
     displayed.  Each species is specified as in the MAF
     file Organism names except embedded dots and/or spaces 
     are replaced with underscores (e.g. C. elegans -&gt;
     c_elegans).</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   speciesDefaultOff galGal2 fr1 danRer1</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesOrder"><span class="types wigMaf bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><I>Related settings:</I><BR>
     <code>speciesOrder &lt;species1&gt; [species2 &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>Use <code>speciesOrder</code> to declare the order of the
     stacked alignments.  If there are many species in your track,
     it may make sense to use the <code>speciesGroups</code> setting instead.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesLabels"><span class="types wigMaf bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>speciesLabels &lt;species1=newLabel1&gt; [species2=newLabel2 &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>Use <code>speciesLabels</code> to specify new labels that map to sequence names.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   speciesLabels mm10=mouse_mm10 mm39=mouse_mm39</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesGroups"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>speciesGroups &lt;sgroup1&gt; [sgroup2  &hellip;]</code><BR>
     <code>sGroup_&lt;sgroupN&gt; &lt;species1&gt; [species2 &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>You can include a list of "clades"
     to group the species into.   This option is an alternative to
     <code>speciesOrder</code>, used when there are many species.  Each
     <code>speciesGroup</code> in the list must have its own setting
     (sGroup_&lt;group&gt;), followed by a list of species,
     specified as for speciesOrder.</P>
     <P><hr class="example" /><B>Examples:</B></P>
     <pre>
     speciesOrder panTro1 canFam1 mm5 rn3 \
                  galGal2 fr1 danRer1
     speciesGroups Mammal Vertebrate
     sGroup_Mammal mm9 rn4
     sGroup_Vertebrate galGal2 fr1 danRer1</pre>
     <P>Choose one of these two alternatives to display species.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="speciesUseFile"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>speciesUseFile &lt;fileName&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>Deprecated</I></P>
     <P>Much more rarely used, this setting can
     replace <code>speciesOrder</code> and <code>speciesGroups</code>.
     Set the <code>speciesUseFile</code> to a path relative to the apache cgi-bin.
     The file should contain a single species name as the first word of each line.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>    speciesUseFile speciesLists/conserved8Way.txt</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="summary"><span class="types wigMaf bigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>summary &lt;tableName/url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting contains a table name containing a  MAF summary table, or a url that points to a 
     bigBed containing that information. The summary
     view is used when the browser display is zoomed out to contain a million
     or more basepairs.  A summary table is created from a multiple alignment MAF
     file using the utility <code>hgLoadMafSummary</code>.  For bigMaf, the value is assumed to be bigBed,
     Read about <a href="../bigMaf.html#frames_summary">bigMaf supporting files</a> on the help page.</p>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   summary hg17Maf8waySummary</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="treeImage"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>treeImage &lt;imageFile&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The phylogenetic tree
     can used to show the relations of the species in the multiple
     alignment should be included as an image file.  This path is
     relative to the htdocs images directory (usually /images).</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   treeImage phylo/hg17Maf8way.jpg</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wiggle"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>wiggle &lt;table1&gt; &lt;leftLabel1&gt; &lt;uiLabel1&gt;
                                         [table2 leftLabel2  uiLabelN ...]</code></div>
     <P>Optionally more than
     one conservation signal can be included with your MAF display by
     using this setting.  When you include conservation wiggles, you
     can also include the standard settings for controlling signal type
     tracks.  The setting includes three parts, then (optionally)
     additional sets of three, all delimited by white space.  The first
     table is the default. The <code>leftLabel</code> is used to
     prefix the label "Cons" in the left label area of the Browser
     image.  The <code>uiLabel</code> is displayed in the track
     configuration page.  If only one table is listed, and no label is
     present, the default label "Conservation" will be
     displayed.  The labels cannot contain spaces, but underscores (<code>_</code>)
     will be translated to spaces in the display.</P>
     <P>Note: directly
     pairing the conservation signals within the wigMaf track is an
     older way of doing things.  It is easier to give users control of
     what they want to see, by including your wigMaf track and separate
     signal type tracks as subtracks within a composite track.  See the
     composite track description below.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     wiggle phastCons8wayMammal Mammal Placental_Mammal \
            phastCons8way Vertebrate Vertebrate    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wigMaf_example"><span class="types wigMaf"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of wigMaf tracks</B></div>
     <pre>
     track hg17Maf8way
     type wigMaf 0.0 1.0
     summary hg17Maf8waySummary
     wiggle phastCons
     treeImage phylo/hg17Maf8way.jpg
     speciesOrder panTro1 canFam1 mm5 rn3 galGal2 fr1 danRer1
     speciesDefaultOff galGal2 fr1 danRer1
     irows off
     pairwiseHeight 10
     maxHeightPixels 100:16:8
     viewLimits 0.5:0.9
     viewLimitsMax 0.0:1.0
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This 8-way
     multi-alignment for the hg17 human assembly is defined to include
     a summary table, tree image and one wiggle table containing the
     conservation score for the 8 species.  Notice that the pairwise alignments 
     for the last three species are turned off by default, and each
     pairwise alignment will have a height of 10 pixels.  With few
     species displayed by default, irows defaults to "off" as
     well, which will result in a cleaner display. Since there is a
     conservation wiggle, there are additional settings for that
     signal.
     </P><BR>
     <pre>
     track multiz46way
     type wigMaf 0.0 1.0
     summary multiz46waySummary
     frames multiz46wayFrames
     speciesCodonDefault hg19
     itemFirstCharCase noChange
     treeImage phylo/hg19_46way.gif
     speciesGroups Primate Placental_Mammal Vertebrate
     sGroup_Primate panTro2 gorGor1 ponAbe2 rheMac2 papHam1 calJac1 tarSyr1 micMur1 otoGar1
     sGroup_Placental_Mammal tupBel1 mm9 rn4 &hellip;
     sGroup_Vertebrate macEug1 monDom5 ornAna1 &hellip;
     speciesDefaultOff panTro2 gorGor1 ponAbe2 papHam1 &hellip;
     pairwiseHeight 10
       ...    </pre>
     <P>For this wigMaf
     track, there is no wiggle defined.  In this actual
     example taken from the hg19 Genome Browser, the several conservation signals 
     displayed in concert with this multiple alignment are separate
     signal-type tracks defined as part of the "Conservation"
     composite track (see discussion of composites below).  Notice
     that the 46 species in this alignment are organized into clades
     using the "<code>speciesGroups</code>" setting.  Each clade has its
     own "<code>sGroup</code>" setting to declare the order within (not
     all species shown).</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - EXPRATIO settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="expRatio_intro">
 <H3>expRatio: Microarray expression data</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Nor are any of the settings in this section.</I></P>
     <P>Though
     many microarray experiments have been superseded by high-throughput
     sequencing (e.g., ChIP-seq) experiments, several microarray tracks
     still exist.  Further, microarray experiments can be the economical
     or practical choice in many instances. The datasets for the built-in
     microarray tracks in the Genome Browser are stored in bed 12+3 (bed
     15) format that includes three additional fields: expCount, expIds,
     and expScores. To display correctly in the Genome Browser,
     microarray tracks require the setting of several attributes in the
     trackDb file associated with the track's genome assembly. Each
     microarray track set must also have an associated
     microarrayGroups.ra configuration file that contains additional
     information about the data in each of the arrays. Please refer to the
     <A HREF="http://genomewiki.ucsc.edu/index.php/Microarray_track">microarray track</A> 
     section of the UCSC genomewiki
     for information on how to prepare microarray tracks.  In particular,
     that document describes the format of the groupings.ra file that
     must be associated with an expRatio track.</P>
     <P>Note: The <code>expRatio</code> data formats are reused for the
     <code>factorSource</code> type.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expRatio"><span class="types expRatio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type expRatio</code></div>
     <P>Microarray data is
     displayed in the Browser by <code>expRatio</code> type tracks.
     The type requires additional settings:  expScale, expStep  and
     groupings.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expDrawExons"><span class="types expRatio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>expDrawExons on</code></div>
     <P>If microarray data
     includes gene model or blocks within items, then the data can
     be viewed as exons and introns by setting <code>expDrawExons</code>
     to on.  The setting is configurable by the user.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   expDrawExons on</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expScale"><span class="types expRatio bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>expScale &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Maximum expression
     value.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   expScale 3.0</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expStep"><span class="types expRatio bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>expStep &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Amount to step in
     visible expression scale.  A round number close to <code>expScale</code> divided
     by 8 is best.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>
     expScale 3.0
     expStep 0.5    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expTable"><span class="types expRatio bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>expTable &lt;tableName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting specifies
     the name of a table in the common <code>hgFixed</code>
     database that contains names of experiments, etc.</P>
     <!-- <P><I>TODO: Don't know where this gets read
     in C code???</I></P> -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="groupings"><span class="types expRatio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>groupings &lt;fileName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A microarray dataset
     must refer to a specific set of configurations to load from the
     microArrayGroups.ra file.  Please refer to the
     <A HREF="http://genomewiki.ucsc.edu/index.php/Microarray_track">microarray track</A> 
     section of the UCSC genomewiki
     for detailed instructions on the location of this file and its
     format.  Use the "<code>groupings</code>" setting to point to a stanza keyed on
     "<code>name</code>" in that file.</P>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   groupings gnfHumanAtlas2Groups</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="expRatio_example"><span class="types expRatio"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an expRatio track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track sestanBrainAtlas
     type expRatio
     expScale 3.0
     expStep 0.5
     expTable sestanBrainAtlasExps
     groupings sestanBrainAtlasGroups
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This microarray dataset refers to groupings
     defined in the "<code>gnfHumanAtlas2Groups</code>" stanza of the
     makeDb/hgCgiData/Human/microarrayGroups.ra  file.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="extraDetailsTable"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>extraDetailsTable &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This setting was renamed June 2022. Please use <a href="#detailsStaticTable">detailsStaticTable</a> instead.</p>
     <p>
     Provides a template to a tab separated text file where $&lt;fieldName&gt;
     strings will be substituted for data in the bigBed and displayed as an HTML
     table. For an example of this, please see the following text file:
     <a href="http://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/gbdb/hg38/gnomAD/v3.1/variants/v3.1.genomes.popTable.txt">http://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/gbdb/hg38/gnomAD/v3.1/variants/v3.1.genomes.popTable.txt</a>, where
     the strings such as &quot;${AC_afr}&quot; will be substituted for the data in that
     field for the particular item from the bigBed.
     </p>
     <p>
     Note that the same size table is displayed for every item of the bigBed, even
     if there is missing data in that field for a particular item. For variable
     size tables, please see <a href="#detailsDynamicTable">detailsDynamicTable</a>.
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="extraTableFields"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>extraTableFields &lt;fieldName1|table title,fieldName2|table title,...&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This setting was renamed June 2022. Please use <a href="#detailsDynamicTable">detailsDynamicTable</a> instead.</p>
     <p>
     Tells the system that the data in &lt;fieldName1,...&gt; contains an <em>encoded</em> table
     that should be turned into a standard HTML table on the details page for that item. If
     the &lt;fieldName&gt; starts with &quot;_json&quot; or &quot;json&quot;, then the system
     expects the data in &lt;fieldName&gt; to be valid JSON. If the field name starts with
     anything else, then the table is formatted using &quot;|&quot; and &quot;;&quot; as field
     and new row separators. The &quot;table title&quot; part of the statment is optional, if
     present it will be used as the title for the table, if not, then the title will be taken
     from the autoSql description of the field name, or if there is no autoSql because the data
     is from an external file, then the field name will be used.
 
     <p>An example of both formats is shown below, along with the
     corresponding trackDb statements:<br>
     <br>
     trackDb line:
     <pre>extraTableFields _jsonField1|JSON Title Example,tableField2|NON-JSON Title Example</pre>
     the two columns from the bigBed (or external file):<br>
     <pre>_jsonField1	tableField2
 {key:val, key1: val1, key2: val2}	key|val;key1|val1;key2|val2
     </pre>
     And when clicking on an item in the browser, the following would be displayed:<br>
     <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
         <tr><td>JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
                 <tr><td>key</td><td>val</td>
                 <tr><td>key1</td><td>val1</td>
                 <tr><td>key2</td><td>val2</td>
             </table></td></tr>
         <tr><td>NON-JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
                 <tr><td>key</td><td>val</td>
                 <tr><td>key1</td><td>val1</td>
                 <tr><td>key2</td><td>val2</td>
             </table></td></tr>
     </table>
     Note that the number of columns and rows is variable per item, meaning some items
     can have different sized tables than other items, contrasting with the extraDetailsTable
     statement, which enforces the same table size per item. For instance, in the above
     example, a 3 rows by 2 columns table is created for each field, but if our JSON was
     instead:
 <pre>{"transcript1": {annot1: val1, annot2: val2}, "transcript2": {annot3: val3}}</pre>
     then the following nested table would be shown on the details page:
     <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
         <tr><td>JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='jsonTable'>
                 <tr>
                   <td>transcript1</td><td>
                     <table class='jsonTable'>
                         <tr><td>annot1</td><td>val1</td></tr>
                         <tr><td>annot2</td><td>val2</td></tr>
                     </table>
                   </td>
                 </tr>
                 <tr>
                   <td>transcript2</td><td>
                     <table class='jsonTable'>
                         <tr><td>annot3</td><td>val3</td></tr>
                     </table>
                   </td>
                 </tr>
             </table></td></tr>
     </table>
     </p>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="detailsStaticTable"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>detailsStaticTable &lt;url/relativePath&gt;</code></div>
     <p>
     Provides a template to a tab separated text file where $&lt;fieldName&gt;
     strings will be substituted for data in the bigBed and displayed as an HTML
     table. For an example of this, please see the following text file:
     <a href="http://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/gbdb/hg38/gnomAD/v3.1/variants/v3.1.genomes.popTable.txt">http://hgdownload.soe.ucsc.edu/gbdb/hg38/gnomAD/v3.1/variants/v3.1.genomes.popTable.txt</a>, where
     the strings such as &quot;${AC_afr}&quot; will be substituted for the data in that
     field for the particular item from the bigBed.
     </p>
     <p>
     Note that the same size table is displayed for every item of the bigBed, even
     if there is missing data in that field for a particular item. For variable
     size tables, please see <a href="#detailsDynamicTable">detailsDynamicTable</a>.
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="detailsDynamicTable"><span class="types bigBed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>detailsDynamicTable &lt;fieldName1|table title,fieldName2|table title,...&gt;</code></div>
     <p>
     Tells the system that the data in &lt;fieldName1,...&gt; contains an <em>encoded</em> table
     that should be turned into a standard HTML table on the details page for that item. If
     the &lt;fieldName&gt; starts with &quot;_json&quot; or &quot;json&quot;, then the system
     expects the data in &lt;fieldName&gt; to be valid JSON. If the field name starts with
     anything else, then the table is formatted using &quot;|&quot; and &quot;;&quot; as field
     and new row separators. The &quot;table title&quot; part of the statment is optional, if
     present it will be used as the title for the table, if not, then the title will be taken
     from the autoSql description of the field name, or if there is no autoSql because the data
     is from an external file, then the field name will be used.
 
     <p>An example of both formats is shown below, along with the
     corresponding trackDb statements:<br>
     <br>
     trackDb line:
     <pre>detailsDynamicTable _jsonField1|JSON Title Example,tableField2|NON-JSON Title Example</pre>
     the two columns from the bigBed (or external file):<br>
     <pre>_jsonField1	tableField2
 {key:val, key1: val1, key2: val2}	key|val;key1|val1;key2|val2
     </pre>
     And when clicking on an item in the browser, the following would be displayed:<br>
     <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
         <tr><td>JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
                 <tr><td>key</td><td>val</td>
                 <tr><td>key1</td><td>val1</td>
                 <tr><td>key2</td><td>val2</td>
             </table></td></tr>
         <tr><td>NON-JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
                 <tr><td>key</td><td>val</td>
                 <tr><td>key1</td><td>val1</td>
                 <tr><td>key2</td><td>val2</td>
             </table></td></tr>
     </table>
     Note that the number of columns and rows is variable per item, meaning some items
     can have different sized tables than other items, contrasting with the extraDetailsTable
     statement, which enforces the same table size per item. For instance, in the above
     example, a 3 rows by 2 columns table is created for each field, but if our JSON was
     instead:
 <pre>{"transcript1": {annot1: val1, annot2: val2}, "transcript2": {annot3: val3}}</pre>
     then the following nested table would be shown on the details page:
     <table class='bedExtraTbl'>
         <tr><td>JSON Title Example</td><td>
             <table class='jsonTable'>
                 <tr>
                   <td>transcript1</td><td>
                     <table class='jsonTable'>
                         <tr><td>annot1</td><td>val1</td></tr>
                         <tr><td>annot2</td><td>val2</td></tr>
                     </table>
                   </td>
                 </tr>
                 <tr>
                   <td>transcript2</td><td>
                     <table class='jsonTable'>
                         <tr><td>annot3</td><td>val3</td></tr>
                     </table>
                   </td>
                 </tr>
             </table></td></tr>
     </table>
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - SNP settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="snp_intro">
 <H3>snp<em>NNN</em>: specialized subclass of BED 6 for dbSNP variants</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  Nor are any of the settings in this section.</I></P>
     <P>This particular variant of bed 6, identified by table name,
     is for UCSC's subset of
     <A HREF="https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/projects/SNP/" TARGET=_BLANK>dbSNP</A>,
     NCBI's database of short genetic variants.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snp"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type bed 6 + # Track name starts with &quot;snp&quot;
     followed by the 3-digit dbSNP build number </code></div>
     <P>UCSC's subset of dbSNP could be described as "bed 6 + 19"
     and is produced by a complex process starting with downloading
     several database dump files and fasta files from dbSNP, and ending
     with the creation of snp<em>NNN</em> and several auxiliary data
     tables. This type is not supported as a custom track type.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chimpDb"><span class = "types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chimpDb &lt;db&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If chimp chains/nets were used to identify the chimp reference
     assembly allele at the location homologous to the human SNP, this
     specifies which chimp genome assembly was used, e.g. <code>panTro2</code>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chimpMacaqueOrthoTable"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chimpMacaqueOrthoTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If chains/nets from chimp and rhesus macaque were use to identify
     the chimp or macaque reference assembly allele at the location
     homologous to the human SNP, this specifies the database table
     that contains the mapped alleles.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="chimpOrangMacOrthoTable"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>chimpOrangMacOrthoTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If chains/nets from chimp, orangutan and rhesus macaque were use to identify
     the chimp/orangutan/macaque reference assembly allele at the location
     homologous to the human SNP, this specifies the database table
     that contains the mapped alleles.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="codingAnnoLabel_table"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>codingAnnoLabel_&lt;table&gt; &lt;text&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>Deprecated; will probably be removed.</I>
     This specifies a text label for display of &lt;table&gt;'s
     predictions of a SNP's effect on a protein-coding gene.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="codingAnnotations"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>codingAnnotations &lt;table&gt;[,table]</code></div>
     <P><I>Deprecated; will probably be removed.</I>
     This specifies one or more tables containing predictions of SNP
     effects on protein-coding genes.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="defaultGeneTracks"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>defaultGeneTracks &lt;genesTrack&gt;[,genesTrack]</code></div>
     <P>The details page of a SNP can display the predicted functional
     affect on a gene from any genePred track.
     Since there are often many gene tracks and models, the prediction
     will depend upon the gene model used.  The user has a chance to
     choose from those available, but this setting establishes
     a default gene track or tracks to base predictions on.</P>
     <P><B>Example</B>:</P>
     <pre>   defaultGeneTracks knownGenes</pre>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="defaultMaxWeight"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>defaultMaxWeight &lt;1|2|3&gt;</code></div>
     <P>dbSNP assigns a weight of 1, 2 or 3 to each variant, depending
     on how many distinct mappings a variant's flanking sequences have
     to the genome.
     If this is set to <code>1</code>, only uniquely mapped variants will
     be displayed by default.  If <code>2</code>, only uniquely mapped
     variants and variants with a small number of duplicate mappings will
     be displayed.  If <code>3</code>, all variants will be shown regardless
     of weight.  Note: some tables such as snp<em>NNN</em>Common and
     snp<em>NNN</em>Flagged contain only uniquely mapped variants, so this
     setting has no effect on those tables.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hapmapPhase"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapmapPhase &lt;II|III&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The SNP details page looks for the SNP's ID in HapMap track tables
     that have different names and contents depending on whether they
     were loaded from HapMap phase II or HapMap phase III data.
     (This setting is also used by HapMap SNPs tracks.)</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="macaqueDb"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>macaqueDb &lt;db&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If macaque chains/nets were used to identify the macaque reference
     assembly allele at the location homologous to the human SNP, this
     specifies which macaque genome assembly was used, e.g. <code>rheMac2</code>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="orangDb"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>orangDb &lt;db&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If orangutan chains/nets were used to identify the orangutan reference
     assembly allele at the location homologous to the human SNP, this
     specifies which orangutan genome assembly was used, e.g. <code>ponAbe2</code>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snpExceptions"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>snpExceptions &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This specifies an auxiliary table that contains annotations of unusual
     properties of variants.  This setting applies only to versions prior to dbSNP 
     build 132; starting with build 132, exceptions are incorporated into the 
     main snp<em>NNN</em> table and an auxiliary table is no longer needed.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snpExceptionDesc"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>snpExceptionDesc &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This specifies an auxiliary table that maps exception keywords
     to one-sentence descriptions.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snpSeq"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>snpSeq &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This specifies an auxiliary table that maps variant IDs to
     file offsets at which flanking sequences are stored.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snpSeqFile"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>snpSeqFile &lt;path&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This specifies an auxiliary file that contains the flanking
     sequences of each variant's representative submitted SNP.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snp_example"><span class="types snp"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a SNP track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track snp135Common
     shortLabel Common SNPs(135)
     longLabel Simple Nucleotide Polymorphisms (dbSNP 135) Found in >= 1% of Samples
     group varRep
     priority 99.0911
     visibility dense
     url https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SNP/snp_ref.cgi?type=rs&rs=$$
     urlLabel dbSNP: 
     snpSeq snp135Seq
     snpExceptionDesc snp135ExceptionDesc
     defaultGeneTracks knownGene
     maxWindowToDraw 10000000
     type bed 6 +
     </pre>
     <P>This track displays variants from dbSNP build 135 with Minor Allele Frequency (MAF)
     of at least 1%.  Flanking sequence file offsets come from the snp135Seq table,
     descriptions of unusual properties are taken from the snp135ExceptionDesc table,
     and effects of variants on protein-coding genes are shown with respect to the table
     knownGene (UCSC Genes track) by default. If the viewed region is more than
     10,000,000 base pairs, the data will not be loaded and drawn.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - VCFTABIX settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="vcfTabix_intro">
 <H3>vcfTabix: Variant Call Format indexed by tabix</H3>
     <P><A HREF="http://www.1000genomes.org/wiki/Analysis/Variant%20Call%20Format/vcf-variant-call-format-version-41"
     TARGET=_BLANK>Variant Call Format</A> (VCF)
     is a flexible and extendable line-oriented text format developed by the
     <A HREF="http://www.1000genomes.org/" TARGET="_blank">1000
     Genomes Project</A> for releases of single nucleotide
     variants, indels, copy number variants and structural variants
     discovered by the project. The format has been subsequently adopted by other large
     projects. When a VCF file is compressed and indexed
     using <A HREF="http://samtools.sourceforge.net/tabix.shtml" TARGET="_blank">tabix</A>
     and then made web-accessible, the Browser will fetch only the portions of
     the file necessary to display items in the viewed region. In other
     words, this is a remote data file format, as are the BAM, bigBed and bigWig formats.
     Please refer to the
     <A HREF="../vcf.html">VCF and tabix track format page</A>
     for a complete description of how to prepare and display VCF data.
 </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfTabix"><span class="types vcfTabix"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type vcfTabix</code></div>
     <P>If the <code>bigDataUrl</code> setting is included, the data at the location
     specified by that URL will be
     displayed. Otherwise, a database table with a single column <code>fileName</code>
     can specify the location of a local file or a URL.
     If the database table includes a column <code>seqName</code>, a different
     VCF file or URL can be specified for each assembly sequence.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hapClusterEnabled"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapClusterEnabled &lt;true|false&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If the VCF file includes genotype columns for at least two individuals,
     then a haplotype sorting display is enabled by default.  This option can be
     used to disable it if desired, for example if the genotypes have not been
     phased and a significant portion of the genotypes are heterozygous.
     More information about the haplotype sorting display can be found
     <A HREF="../hgVcfTrackHelp.html">here</A>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="hapClusterMethod"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapClusterMethod &lt;centerWeighted|fileOrder|treeFile <em>url</em>&gt;</code></div>
     <p>Assuming <code>hapClusterEnabled</code> is <code>true</code>, this specifies how
     genotypes are ordered for display:
       <ul>
         <li><code>centerWeighted</code>: For diploid organisms, this separates the two haplotypes
           from each sample and dynamically clusters all haplotypes by similarity, weighted by
           proximity to a central variant.  The clustering tree will be drawn in the left label area.
           This works best for phased genotypes.
         <li><code>fileOrder</code>: Genotypes are displayed in the order in which they appear in
           the VCF file.
         <li><code>treeFile <em>url</em></code>: Genotypes are displayed in the order in which they
           appear in <code><em>url</em></code>, a
           <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Newick_format">Newick</a>-formatted tree file
           whose leaf node IDs are the same as the genotype column IDs in the VCF file.
           The tree will be drawn in the left label area.
       </ul>
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="hapClusterColorBy"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapClusterColorBy &lt;altOnly|function|refAlt|base&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Assuming <code>hapClusterEnabled</code> is <code>true</code>,
     this specifies one of three ways that reference and alternate alleles are colored:
     <UL>
       <LI><code>altOnly</code>: reference allele is white (invisible),
 	alternate allele is black.  This emphasizes haplotypes with alternate alleles.  (default)
       <LI><code>function</code>: If the <code>geneTrack</code> setting is also provided, then
         reference allele is white (invisible) and alternate allele is red if the variant changes
         the protein sequence of a gene, green if the variant falls within a gene but does not
         change the protein sequence, blue if the variant falls within the UTR of a protein-coding
         gene or within a non-coding gene, and black if intronic or intergenic.
       <LI><code>refAlt</code>: reference allele is blue, alternate allele is red.
       <LI><code>base</code>: A is red, C is blue, G is green and T is magenta.
     </UL>
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="geneTrack"><span class="types vcf vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>geneTrack &lt;<em>track</em>&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This is for use with <code>hapClusterColorBy function</code>; it specifies the gene track
     to use when determining the functional effect of each variant.</p>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="hapClusterTreeAngle"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapClusterTreeAngle &lt;triangle|rectangle&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Assuming <code>hapClusterEnabled</code> is <code>true</code>,
     this controls the shape of leaf clusters on the right of the tree
     (i.e. the lines drawn to denote groups of identical local haplotypes):
     <code>triangle</code> for the <B>&lt;</B> shape (default), <code>rectangle</code>
     for the <B>[</B> shape.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="labelFields"><span class="types bigBarChart bigBed bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>labelFields &lt;<EM>fieldName[,fieldName]</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A list of fields from the bigBed based file that can be used as a label. The special value <B>none</B> can be specified if no labels are desired.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="defaultLabelFields"><span class="types bigBarChart bigBed bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>defaultLabelFields &lt;<EM>fieldName[,fieldName]</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A list of fields from the bigBed based file that should be used as a label by default.  Only applicable if <B>labelFields</B> is set.  If <B>defaultLabelFields</B> is not specified, the first field in labelFields is used as the default. The special value <B>none</B> can be specified if no label should be the default.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="labelSeparator"><span class="types bigBed bigGenePred bigNarrowPeak bigPsl"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>labelSeparator &lt;<EM>text</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>One or more characters to use as the field separator between multiple labels.  A slash (/) by default, this string can have double quotes around it if it should have white spaces in it.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showSnpWidth"><span class="types halSnake"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showSnpWidth &lt;<EM>integer</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The maximum width (in bases) of a window where the halSnake will show SNPs between the reference and the other species.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hapClusterHeight"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hapClusterHeight &lt;<EM>N</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Assuming <code>hapClusterEnabled</code> is <code>true</code>,
     this specifies the height in pixels of the haplotype sorting display.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="applyMinQual"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>applyMinQual &lt;true|false&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If <code>true</code>, then variants whose QUAL column contains a value less
     than the <code>minQual</code> setting will not be displayed.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="minQual"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>minQual &lt;<EM>Q</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     <P>Assuming <code>applyMinQual</code> is <code>true</code>,
     this is the minimum QUAL value required for a variant to be displayed.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="minFreq"><span class="types vcf"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>minFreq &lt;<EM>F</EM>&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     The minimum minor allele frequency required for a variant to be displayed.
     By default this is 0.0 (i.e. display all variants).
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfDoFilter"><span class="types vcf vcfTabix vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfDoFilter &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <p>
     Turn on/off the FILTER options available by default for VCF tracks
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfDoQual"><span class="types vcf vcfTabix vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfDoQual &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <p>
     Turns on/off the QUAL filter options available by default for VCF tracks
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfDoMaf"><span class="types vcf vcfTabix vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfDoMaf &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <p>
     Turns on/off the Minor Allele Frequency filter options available by default for VCF tracks
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfTabix_example"><span class="types vcfTabix"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a VCF track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myVcf
     type vcfTabix
     bigDataUrl http://myorg.edu/mylab/myVcf.gz
     hapClusterEnabled false
     maxWindowToDraw 3000000
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The data for this VCF track is stored in the remote file,
     "myVcf.gz".  That file is paired with a tabix-generated index file named
     "myVcf.gz.tbi" found in the same remote location.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - VCFPHASEDTRIO settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="vcfPhasedTrio_intro">
 <H3>vcfPhasedTrio: VCF+tabix with extra metadata</H3>
 <P>
 After preparing a VCF file as noted in the <A HREF="vcfTabix">VCF</A> section, if your
 data contains information on trios, you may want to use the vcfPhasedTrio track type to obtain
 a haplotype display. For more information on this display, please see the
 <A HREF="../vcf.html#trio">VCF Trio</a> documentation for a full explanation of the vcfPhasedTrio track type.
 </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfPhasedTrio"><span class="types vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type vcfPhasedTrio</code></div>
     <P>
 There are no extra options that can appear on the type vcfPhasedTrio line.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfChildSample"><span class="types vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfChildSample &lt;sampleName|altName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     The VCF Genotype column ID of the &quot;child&quot; sample, followed optionally by a &quot;|&quot; character and an alias for the display. This sample will become the center haplotype if parents are also specified.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="vcfParentSamples"><span class="types vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfParentSamples &lt;sampleName|altName,sampleName|altName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     A comma separated (no spaces) list of the VCF Genotype column IDs of the &quot;parents&quot;, followed optionally by a &quot;|&quot; character and an alias for the display. This setting is optinonal, and supports one or both parents.
     </P>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="vcfUseAltSampleNames"><span class="types vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>vcfUseAltSampleNames &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     Make the display use the aliases as the default labels for each haplotype lane instead of the
     ID from the VCF.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="vcfPhasedTrio_example"><span class="types vcfPhasedTrio"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a VCF Phased Trio track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myVcf
     type vcfPhasedTrio
     bigDataUrl http://myorg.edu/mylab/myVcf.gz
     vcfChildSample NA123456|son
     vcfParentSamples NA654321|mother,NA321654|father
     vcfUseAltSampleNames on
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The data for this VCF track is stored in the remote file,
     "myVcf.gz".  That file is paired with a tabix-generated index file named
     "myVcf.gz.tbi" found in the same remote location. "NA123456" is the ID of one
     of the Genotype columns in the VCF, and the parent haplotypes will displayed
     relative to their similarity to this sample.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - PGSNP settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="pgSnp_intro">
 <H3>pgSnp: Personal Genome SNP format</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.  (None of the settings in this section apply to hubs.)</I></P>
     <P>This format is used to
     display SNPs from personal genomes. It is used for
     the Genome Variants and Population Variants tracks.  Please refer to
     the <A HREF="../../../FAQ/FAQformat.html#format10">FAQ</A>
     for information on how to prepare personal genome SNP datasets.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pgSnp"><span class="types pgSnp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type pgSnp</code></div>
     <P>Personal Genome SNP
     type tracks are essentially in "bed 4 + 3" format.
     The fourth column, <code>name</code>, is filled with one or more variants
     (including insertions and deletions) delimited with a '<code>/</code>'
     character.  The fifth column contains the number of variants found
     in the <code>name</code> column, while the sixth and seventh columns contain
     comma-delimited arrays of frequencies and scores respectively.
     Files in this format can be loaded into MariaDB with hgLoadBed using
     the "pgSnp.sql" schema.
     </P>
     <P>The browser image
     displays variants as stacked boxes that show the frequency for
     each variant, if that information is in the table. The details page for each variant item
     computes any amino acid change if the variant is
     in a coding region.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pgPolyphenPredTab"><span class="types pgSnp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pgPolyphenPredTab &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>Not supported for custom tracks</I></P>
     <P>Auxiliary table with likelihoods of variant damage to proteins from polyPhen.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pgSiftPredTab"><span class="types pgSnp"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>pgSiftPredTab &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P><I>Not supported for custom tracks</I></P>
     <P>Auxiliary table with likelihood of variant damage to proteins from SIFT.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="pgSnp_example"><span class="types pgSnp"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Personal Genome SNP track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track mySnps
     type pgSnp
       ...    </pre>
     <P>A personal genome SNPs track displaying single
     nucleotide polymorphisms from the reference genome.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - ALTGRAPHX settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="altGraphX_intro">
 <H3>altGraphX: Alternate splicing gene model tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>Gene models with
     alternate splicing can be displayed in the Browser with this type of
     track.  It supports no trackDb settings beyond the common ones.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="altGraphX"><span class="types altGraphX"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type altGraphX</code></div>
     <P>Alternate slicing gene models specialized track
     used to show genome coverage.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="altGraphX_example"><span class="types altGraphX"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an altGraphX track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track sibTxGraph
     shortLabel SIB Alt-Splicing
     type altGraphX
     url http://ccg.vital-it.ch/cgi-bin/tromer/tromergraph2draw.pl?species=H.+sapiens&amp;tromer=$$
     urlLabel SIB link:
     idInUrlSql select name from sibTxGraph where id=%s
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The Swiss Institute of Biology's
     alternative splicing track provides an external link via the <code>url</code>
     setting.  But the actual "tromer" term in the value
     will be filled in with the results of a query to the sibTxGraph
     table.  With enough obscure settings, the Browser accomplishes
     subtle things.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - BEDDETAIL settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bedDetail_intro">
 <H3>bedDetail: Text extended bed track</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is an extension of
     BED format. BED detail uses the first 4 to 12 columns of BED format,
     plus 2 additional fields that are used to enhance the track details
     pages. The first additional field is an ID, which can be used in
     place of the name field for creating links from the details pages.
     The second additional field is a description of the item, which can
     be a long description and can consist of html, including tables and
     lists.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bedDetail"><span class="types bedDetail"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type bedDetail &lt;#&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Extended bed type
     format that has a text description embedded in the table for each
     item.  The format can vary between 4 and 12 standard bed columns
     plus two additional ones.  The number of columns (including the 2
     bedDetail specific columns) must follow the "<code>bedDetail</code>" term in
     the type setting.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bedDetail_example"><span class="types bedDetail"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a bedDetail track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track microattrLoci
     type bedDetail 14
     itemRgb on
     url https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/viewer.fcgi?db=nucleotide&amp;sendto=t&amp;extrafeatpresent=1&amp;list_uids=$$
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This bedDetail contains details for each item
     formatted for HTML display.  In addition each item has an "id" as
     distinct from the "name" and that id is used in the outside link
     url displayed in the item details page.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - CLONEPOS settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="clonePos_intro">
 <H3>clonePos: Genome coverage tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is a specialized
     format track that is only used for showing the coverage in the human
     genome.  It supports no trackDb settings beyond the common ones.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="clonePos"><span class="types clonePos"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type clonePos</code></div>
     <P>A specialized track used to show genome
     coverage.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="clonePos_example"><span class="types clonePos"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a clonePos track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track clonePos
     shortLabel Coverage
     longLabel Clone Coverage/Fragment Position
     type clonePos
     altColor 180,180,180
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The Coverage track for the human genome will
     vary in color between black and light gray, based upon the cloned
     sequence coverage depth.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - CTGPOS settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="ctgPos_intro">
 <H3>ctgPos: Physical map contigs tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is a specialized
     format track that is used for "physical map contigs" on
     the human genome.  It supports no trackDb settings beyond the common
     ones.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="ctgPos"><span class="types ctgPos"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type ctgPos</code></div>
     <P>A specialized track used to show the locations
     of contigs on the physical map.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="ctgPos_example"><span class="types ctgPos"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a ctgPos track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track ctgPos2
     shortLabel GRC Map Contigs
     type ctgPos
     url none
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The GCR Map Contigs track would normally
     generate a URL to NCBI, but in this case, the URL has been
     explicitly blocked.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - DOWNLOADSONLY settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="downloadsOnly_intro">
 <H3>downloadsOnly: Specialized track that contains only downloadable files</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>The ENCODE tracks all
     have a special directory and CGI support for downloading files.  This
     can be very helpful for organizing access to the often very large
     number of downloadble files associated with an ENCODE track.  There
     are a handful of datasets that don't readily lend themselves for
     visualization in our Browser but are nonetheless a necessary
     component of the ENCODE data as a whole.  Therefore, <code>downloadsOnly</code>
     type was developed to provide easy access to these sets of
     downloadable files.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="downloadsOnly"><span class="types downloadsOnly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type downloadsOnly</code></div>
     <P>A specialized track
     that provides access to a set of downloadable files, and is
     currently ENCODE only.  A downloadsOnly type track does not get
     visualized in the Browser.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="fileSortOrder_downloadsOnly"><span class="types downloadsOnly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>fileSortOrder ...</code></div>
     <P>The fileSortOrder setting is required for
     downloadsOnly type tracks.  A complete description can be found in
     composite tracks section of this document.  It requires each file
     to be defined as an object in the metaDb and each of those objects
     to refer to a "composite" which will be the name of this track and
     the directory name where the files are located.  The
     "<code>fileSortOrder</code>" defines the column and default sort order.  The
     user will be able to sort and filter the list of files.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="downloadsOnly_example"><span class="types downloadsOnly"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Downloads Only track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track wgEncodeUmassWengTfbsValid
     type downloadsOnly
     fileSortOrder cell=Cell_Line \
                 dccAccession=UCSC_Accession \
                 fileSize=Size \
                 fileType=File_Type \
                 dateSubmitted=Submitted \
                 dateUnrestricted=RESTRICTED&lt;BR&gt;Until
     wgEncode 1
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The Browser will not provide visualization of
     this track but will provide access to downloading any number of
     files organized into a single group.  The downloads page 
     presents those files in a table with a number of columns that are
     sortable and possibly filterable.  Much of the presentation and
     organization relies upon settings established in the metaDb for
     this track. However, the <code>fileSortOrder</code> setting has requested six
     specific columns to be presented in the desired order.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - ENCODEFIVEC settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="encodeFiveC_intro">
 <H3>encodeFiveC: Five C Chromatin interaction track</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is a specialized
     format track that was used for displaying long distance
     chromatin/chromatin interaction evidence.  Essentially a "<code>bed</code>"
     type track displaying locations in the genome.  The details page of
     each location presents a list of other locations within the genome
     that may have functional interactions.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="encodeFiveC"><span class="types encodeFiveC"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type encodeFiveC</code></div>
     <P>A specialized track that was used to show the
     locations where  chromatin may have interactions with other
     chromatin locations.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interTable"><span class="types encodeFiveC"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>interTable &lt;tableName&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Each location found in the track's main table
     should have associated regions defined in the interactions table
     named with this setting.  The interactions table format
     is essentially a "bed 7 + 1".</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interTableKind"><span class="types encodeFiveC"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>interTableKind &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The table of interactions is presented on each
     item's details page and is titled as "Top ___ interactions"</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="encodeFiveC_example"><span class="types encodeFiveC"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an encodeFiveC track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track encodeUw5cGM06990dS9013DhsLoci
     type encodeFiveC
     color 200,100,0
     interTable encodeUw5cGM06990dS9013DhsInter
     interTableKind TSS
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This Five C interactions track will be
     displayed as colored items.  The associated chromatin regions are
     drawn from a second table.  The kind of associations are
     transcription start sites.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - FACTORSOURCE settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="factorSource_intro">
 <H3>factorSource: Combined items tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>Factor source is not a
     group track, but a track that is made from a group of sources, which
     may themselves be Browser tracks.  This is a specialized type of
     "item" based track of "<code>bed 15</code>" format, the same format
     used for type <code>expRatio</code>.  Its purpose is to
     display transcription factors as detected in multiple cell lines,
     though it might be adaptable for any type of item that piles up
     into overlapping locations and will belong to one of several
     categories.  However, this type was specifically designed for
     combining transcription factor (TF) binding evidence from multiple
     cell lines into a single track.  As a bed type track, it consists of
     items or regions where there is evidence of TF binding. To the left
     of each item, the factor name is displayed, while to the right a
     coded list of cell types where the evidence has been found is
     displayed.  Unlike most item-based tracks, a second table is required
     to describe the cell lines.  Use the program hgBedsToBedExp to create
     the tables from a collection of simpler beds, one for each
     transcription factor/cell interaction.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="factorSource"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type factorSource</code></div>
     <P>A bed 15 based table
     format with overlapping items.  This is a specialized track type
     designed for holding transcription factor binding evidence across
     multiple cell lines.  The format is the same as used for
     microarray expression.</P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="sourceTable"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>sourceTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The factorSource type tracks need a secondary
     table that holds descriptions of the sources.  This is where cell
     line abbreviations are declared and associated with actual cell
     lines.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="inputTrackTable"><span class="types factorSource bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>inputTrackTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When viewing the details for a factorSource
     track item (typically a TF binding site), additional information
     about the cell line evidence can be displayed.  This setting names
     a table that will hold the additional information.  It is used in
     conjunction with the <code>inputTableFieldDisplay</code> setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="inputTableFieldDisplay"><span class="types factorSource bed"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>inputTableFieldDisplay &lt;f1&gt; [f2...]</code></div>
     <P>If there is an <code>inputTrackTable</code> defined with
     your track, the fields that are to be displayed should be declared
     with this associated setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterBy_factorSource"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>filterBy &lt;field1:title=[+]option1a...&gt;
                                 [field2:title=[+]opt2a...]</code></div>
     <P>This setting provides user filtering of factorSource items by factor name.
     The simplest use is to include a comma-separated list of all factor names in the track as
     an argument to the setting.
     A complete description of this setting can be found in the 
     <A HREF="#filterBy">bed/bigBed</A> item-based track settings.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="motifTable"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>motifTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>
     A <code>bed 6</code> table that holds motif regions
     to highlight within factorSource items.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="motifMapTable"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>motifMapTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P> If motif names differ from or are not unique for factorSource item names
     in the <code>motifTable</code>, this table can used to remap the names.
     This table has a simple 2 column format: char(255) factor, char(255) motif.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="motifPwmTable"><span class="types factorSource bed6FloatScore"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>motifPwmTable &lt;table&gt;</code></div>
     <P>When viewing the details of a factorSource track item containing
     a binding motif in the <code>motifTable</code>, the 
     consensus motif sequence and sequence logo image can be displayed. 
     This setting names the table holding the position weight matrices 
     that provide this information.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="motifMaxWindow"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>motifMaxWindow &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Display of highlighted motifs in a factorSource track can be limited using
     this setting.  In large genomic regions motifs are not well distinguished in
     the display, and performance is improved by suppressing the feature.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="motifDrawDefault"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>motifDrawDefault &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <P>If a factorSource track has a motifTable, this setting controls whether motifs 
     are drawn by default.  It is also configurable by the user.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <DIV class="factorSource_example"><span class="types factorSource"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a factorSource track</B></div>
 <pre>
 track tfbsByCellLines
 type factorSource
 sourceTable myCellLines
 inputTrackTable myCellLineAssociations
 inputTableFieldDisplay cellType treatment lab
 motifTable transfacMotif
 motifPwmTable transfacMotifPwm
 motifMapTable transfacMotifTarget
 motifMaxWindow 30000
 motifDrawDefault on
     ...</pre>
 <P>This track will show transcription factor (TF)
 binding evidence found in multiple cell lines.  Each item represents
 a particular TF, along with the cell lines that show
 evidence of binding in that location.  The secondary <code>sourceTable</code>
 holds the definitions of each cell line abbreviation.  A third
 table is declared with <code>inputTrackTable</code> and carries details for
 each cell line that should be seen in the Browser.  When viewed in
 item detail, 3 fields (cellType, treatment and lab) will be seen
 for each cell associated with the particular TF binding location.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - RMSK settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="rmsk_intro">
 <H3>rmsk: Repeat masking tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is a specialized
     format track that is used only for the repeat-masking track.  For
     completeness it is being briefly described here.  These tracks are
     created created by using Arian
     Smit's <A HREF="http://www.repeatmasker.org/" TARGET="_blank">RepeatMasker</A>
     program, which screens DNA sequences for interspersed repeats and low
     complexity DNA sequences.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="rmsk"><span class="types rmsk"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>type rmsk</code></div>
     <P>The repeat masker
     tracks contain uniquely formattted data for the special function
     of repeat-masking.
     </P>
     <P><em>Example can be found below.</em></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="rmsk_example"><span class="types rmsk"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Repeat Masking track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track rmsk
     spectrum on
     type rmsk
     maxWindowToDraw 10000000
       ...    </pre>
     <P>The repeat masker track will have individual
     repeat items shaded by a measure of how exact a repeated element
     is withing the stretch of repetition. This track is restricted to
     display at less than 10 million base resolution.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - SNAKE settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="snake_intro">
 <H3>snake: Self referencing alignment tracks -
     <I>EXPERIMENTAL</I></H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>This is a specialized
     format track that shows the snaking course of bi-directional and
     overlapping alignments.  This format can help illustrate inversion-type 
     rearrangements that align to the plus strand, then the minus strand, 
     and again to the plus strand.  It can also be used to illustrate overlapping
     alignments, such as when a duplication has occurred compared to the
     reference genome.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snake"><span class="types snake"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>type snake &lt;db&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>otherDb &lt;otherDb&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A specialized track
     used to show the path of snaking alignments that represent
     chromosomal rearrangements, duplications and inversions.   Since
     this type is almost always a mapping between two species or two
     assemblies of the same species, the type must also declare that
     species/assembly by database name.</P>
     <P>As with chains and netAligns, which typically show mappings between two assemblies, 
     the "<code>otherDb</code>" setting is also needed to declare which other genome and assembly
     the data in this track represents.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="snake_example"><span class="types snake"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a snake track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track snakeMm9
     type snake mm9
     otherDb mm9
     color 100,50,0
     altColor 255,240,200
     spectrum on
       ...    </pre>
     <P>This snake track will illustrate chromosome
     rearrangements that have occurred on the mouse mm9 genome as seen
     when it is aligned to the human genome.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - bigInteract settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bigInteract_intro">
 <H3>bigInteract: Pairwise interactions</H3>
     <P>
     The bigInteract format stores interactions between pairs of regions in the genome.
 BigInteract files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special 
 AutoSQL file that defines the fields.  The resulting files are in an indexed binary format
 that supports efficient remote access, so the file can be hosted on your web accessible server
 and displayed at UCSC.
 For the complete bigInteract format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../interact.html">bigInteract help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interactDirectional"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>interactDirectional &lt;true|offsetSource|offsetTarget|clusterSource|clusterTarget&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is used when the interaction has an orientation (direction of effect). The offset setting shows the source (offsetSource) or target (offsetTarget) below the other end type; that is vertically displaced in the image.  The interaction is drawn with dashed lines when the target region precedes the source region (reverse direction) in the genome.
     </P>
     <P>The cluster setting collects all interactions with the same source (clusterSource) or target (clusterTarget) and displays each group as a single linked block display in the browser. This provides an alternate view of an interact file.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interactUp"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>interactUp &lt;true|false&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting flips the curved full visibility display so that the peak of the curves is 'up' (hills instead of valleys). 
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interactMultiRegion"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>interactMultiRegion &lt;true|padding&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting causes a link to appear on the details page that appears when an interaction is clicked on. This link will generate a &quot;multi-region&quot; Genome Browser view of the interaction (or interaction cluster) endpoints. Use padding to specify non-default padding at the edges of each region.  The default value is 200 base pairs.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="endsVisible"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>endsVisible two</code></div>
     <P>This setting makes the default behavior for the track show only interactions with both ends in the window.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="interact_example"><span class="types bigInteract"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an interact/bigInteract track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track snpGeneInteractions
     type bigInteract
     interactDirectional true
     maxHeightPixels 300:150:20
     bigDataUrl http://...
     </pre>
 </div>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - bigLolly settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bigLolly_intro">
 <H3>bigLolly: Lollipop Charts</H3>
     <P>
     Lollipop graphs are usually used to display data that is local to a single base that
     has one to three data values assigned to it which can be displayed using the lollipop
     height, the color, and the size of the circle at the top of the lollipop. For examples
     visit the <a href="../bigLolly.html">bigLolly help page</a>.
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="bigLolly_example"><span class="types bigLolly"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a bigLolly track</B></div>
 </DIV>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - hic settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="hic_intro">
 <H3>hic: Hi-C contact matrices</H3>
     <P>
     The hic track type is for displaying chromatin-chromatin interaction data via heat
 maps.  Currently this track type supports one file format: the .hic file format created
 by the <a href="https://www.aidenlab.org" target="_blank">Aiden Lab</a> at <a target="_blank"
 href="https://www.bcm.edu">Baylor College of Medicine</a>.  This is an indexed
 binary format that supports remote access, so the file can be hosted on any web accessible
-server and displayed at UCSC.
+server and displayed at UCSC.  More details on .hic display at UCSC can be found at the
+<a href="../hic.html">hic help page</a>.
 For more information on the .hic file format and the Juicer tool that generates these files,
 see the documentation on <a target="_blank"
 href="https://github.com/aidenlab/juicer/wiki/Data">github</a>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <div class="drawMode"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>drawMode &lt;triangle|square|arc&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This setting controls the default display mode for the hic track. In arc
 mode, an interaction between two regions is drawn as an arc between the centers
 of those two regions.  In square mode, interactions are represented by a square
 in a heatmap.  The interacting regions for any square can be identified by
 projecting the sides of the square onto the diagonal axis of the heatmap and
 seeing where those points fall in the chromosome window being viewed.  In
 triangle mode, interactions are drawn as diamonds.  The interaction regions for
 any diamond can be identified by projecting the sides of the diamond onto the
 horizontal axis of the heatmap and seeing where those points fall in the
 chromosome window.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <div class="normalization"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>normalization &lt;NONE|VC|VC_SQRT|KR&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This setting controls which method is the default for normalizing the raw
 scores from the .hic file.  Scores for all of these methods are computed during
 the creation of the .hic file.  For more information on these methods, see the
 Juicer documentation linked above.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <div class="resolution"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>resolution &lt;Auto|integer&gt;</code></div>
     <p>This setting controls the default size of the bins that the Hi-C contact
 results are grouped into.  The list of available resolutions depends on the
 file, but common values include numbers like 5000 and 10000.  In addition to an
 integer value, the string <code>Auto</code> can also be provided (Auto is also
 the default if this setting is not specified).  In Auto mode, the browser will
 dynamically choose a resolution that seems to provide a good amount of detail
 depending on the size of the chromosome window currently being viewed.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <div class="saturationScore"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>saturationScore &lt;float&gt;</code></div>
     <p>The saturationScore setting is part of how the color shades of the
 heatmap are displayed.  Colors in the heatmap correlate with the score of each
 interaction - a higher interaction score corresponds to a higher color
 intensity.  At some point, however, maximum color saturation is reached and higher
 interaction scores don't change the color any further.  This setting determines
 what the default score is for the point at which that maximum color saturation is
 reached.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <div class="hicDistanceMin"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hicDistanceMin &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <p>Hi-C tracks have a setting that controls the minimum interaction distance
 in nucleotides for the heatmap.  If a portion of the heatmap represents an interaction
 closer than the value of the minimum distance setting, that portion of the heatmap simply
 isn't drawn.  This setting, hicDistanceMin, controls the default value for that
 minimum (without this setting, the default is 0).  A value of 0 means that no filter
 is applied.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <div class="hicDistanceMax"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>hicDistanceMax &lt;integer&gt;</code></div>
     <p>Hi-C tracks have a setting that controls the maximum interaction distance
 in nucleotides for the heatmap.  If a portion of the heatmap represents an interaction
 farther than the value of the maximum distance setting, that portion of the heatmap simply
 isn't drawn.  This setting, hicDistanceMax, controls the default value for that
 maximum (without this setting, the default is 0).  A value of 0 means that no filter
 is applied.
     </p>
 </div>
 
 <DIV class="hic_example"><span class="types hic"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a hic track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myHiCData
     type hic
     drawMode arc
     color 0,0,255
     saturationScore 12
     normalization KR
     bigDataUrl http://...
     </pre>
 </div>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - bigBarChart settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="bigBarChart_intro">
 <H3>bigBarChart: Bar charts of variables displayed on genomic regions</H3>
     <P>
     The bigBarChart format stores values of a set of variables for each genomic region 
 in the file.  BigBarChart files are created using the program bedToBigBed with a special 
 AutoSQL file that defines the fields.  The resulting files are in an indexed binary format
 that supports efficient remote access, so the file can be hosted on your web accessible server
 and displayed at UCSC.
 For the complete bigBarChart format definitions please see the
     <A HREF="../barChart.html">bigBarChart help page</A>.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartBars"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartBars &lt;label1 label2...&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is a list of labels for the categorical variables (bars).
     It is required for this track type.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartUnit"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartUnit &lt;unit&gt;</code></div>
     <P>The unit label is attached to values in the display, charts and plots of the track.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartLabel"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartLabel &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting provides a label for the category selection list.</p>
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartMaxSize"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartMaxSize &lt;small/medium/large&gt;</code></div>
     <P>BarChart track display selects one of three sizes (small, medium, or large) to 
         display barCharts, based on size of the genomic region in the current window.
         For dense data, it is helpful to reduce the barChart sizes, even when in relatively
         small genomic regions.  This setting limits the size of the largest barChart 
         to the selected value.  When unset, the default value is &quot;large&quot;.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="barChartSizeWindows"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartSizeWindows &lt;largeMax&gt; &lt;smallMin&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting provides a way to choose the basepair thresholds which determine the barChart
         sizes (small, medium, or large charts). The default basepair window size is 50000 and 
         500000 bases, which is intended for one chart per gene in vertebrate genomes. This 
         setting can be used to flexibly customize chart sizes based on the basepair window 
         size being visualized when densely annotating a sequence.</p>
 
 <table>
 <tr><td><i>large</i></td><td> window size &lt; largeMax</td></tr>
 <tr><td><i>medium</i></td><td> window size &gt;= largeMax and &lt; smallMin</td></tr>
 <tr><td><i>small</i></td><td>window size &gt;= smallMin</td></tr>
 </table>
     <P><B>Example:</B></P>
     <pre>   barChartSizeWindows 500 8000</pre>
     <P>In this example, used when displaying barCharts on a 30,000 basepair viral genome,
     large charts appear in windows up to 499 bases, medium in windows
     from 500 to 7999 in size, and small when 8000 or more bases are shown in browser window.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartStretchToItem"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartStretchToItem on</code></div>
     <P>This setting extends the barCharts to cover the entire horizontal space available in the graph.
     This setting is typically used with bar charts with large number of bars so that it is possible
     to zoom in to see better the individual bars.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartMetric"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartMetric &lt;metric&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting provides a label for details page information about the barChart values presented.
         These are typically summary values, derived from many samples (often the median value).</p>
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <DIV class="barChartColors"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartColors &lt;color1 color2...&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is a list of colors, one for each category (bar).
         Colors are specified as RGB values (255,255,255 or #FFFFFF) or by name 
         (the 16 HTML color names defined in HTML 4.01).  
         The named HTML colors are: <div class='dot' style='background: #000000'></div>black,
             <div class='dot' style='background: silver'></div>silver,
             <div class='dot' style='background: gray'></div>gray,
             <div class='dot' style='height: 8px; width: 8px; background: white; border: 1px solid black'></div>white,
             <div class='dot' style='background: maroon'></div>maroon,
             <div class='dot' style='background: red'></div>red,
             <div class='dot' style='background: purple'></div>purple,
             <div class='dot' style='background: fuchsia'></div>fuchsia,
             <div class='dot' style='background: green'></div>green,
             <div class='dot' style='background: lime'></div>lime,
             <div class='dot' style='background: olive'></div>olive,
             <div class='dot' style='background: yellow'></div>yellow,
             <div class='dot' style='background: navy'></div>navy,
             <div class='dot' style='background: blue'></div>blue,
             <div class='dot' style='background: teal'></div>teal,
             <div class='dot' style='background: aqua'></div>aqua.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartMatrixUrl"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartMatrixUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Specifies a data matrix file that provides data values for all samples.
 Used together with barChartSampleUrl to generate a box plot on the details page.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="barChartSampleUrl"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartSampleUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Specifies a tab-separated file that provides categories for samples in the
 barChartMatrixUrl file.  Used for generating a box plot on the details page.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="barChartCategoryUrl"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartCategoryUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Specifies a tab-separated file that provides labels and optionally colors for the 
 categories (bars).
 This setting can replace the <code>barChartBars</code> and <code>barChartColors</code> settings,
 and is particularly useful for tracks with large numbers of categories.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartFacets"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartFacets &lt;column1,column2,...columnN&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting turns on the faceted selection on the track details and configure page
     which is useful for selecting which bars out of a large number to display.  It works
     with the barChartStatsUrl.  The comma-separated list of columns refer to column names
     in the tab-separated-value file specified by barChartStatsUrl.
     See an example with images of barChartFacets on the <a target="_blank"
     href="../barChart.html#example6">barChart help page</a>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartStatsUrl"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartStatsUrl &lt;url&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting associates a table in tab-separated-values with the barchart, with one line
     per bar.  The first line of the file contains the table column names. The first column
     contains the name of the bar.  The other columns can be in any order.  
     If a <i>color</i> column is present it will be used for the colors of the bars using the 
     hexadecimal #RRGGBB format. 
     (Currently the same names and colors should also be specified in a URL associated with barChartCategoriesUrl tag.) 
     The <i>count</i> column is required, and contains the number of samples represented in the bar. 
     Other columns can contain additional data associated with each bar. Typically these are used
     in coordination with the barChartsFacets tag to specify metadata such as cell types or
     tissue of origin. See an example with images of barChartStatsUrl on the <a target="_blank"
     href="../barChart.html#example6">barChart help page</a>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartMerge"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartMerge on</code></div>
     <P>This setting enables the <i>merge</i> button inside of the faceted selections.  It
     is particularly useful when there are many bars and many facets. It allows bars that differ 
     only in that one facet to be merged together. See an example with images of barChartMerge on the
     <a target="_blank" href="../barChart.html#example6">barChart help page</a>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartBarMinPadding"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartBarMinPadding &lt;num&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Sets the minimum pixel width between bars to &lt;num&gt; pixels. Typically, this padding is
     a dynamic calculation dependent on the current window size, the width of the item, and the number of bars for the
     item. If present, the maximum of this setting and the dynamically calculated padding is used for the display.
     See an example with images of barChartBarMinPadding on the <a target="_blank"
     href="../barChart.html#example5">barChart help page</a>.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="barChartBarMinWidth"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>barChartBarMinWidth &lt;num&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Sets the minimum pixel width of the bars in the chart to &lt;num&gt; pixels. Typically, this width is
     a dynamic calculation dependent on the current window size, the width of the item, and the number of bars for the
     item. If present, the maximum of this setting and the dynamically calculated width is used for the display.
     See an example with images of barChartBarMinWidth on the <a target="_blank"
     href="../barChart.html#example5">barChart help page</a>.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <DIV class="bigBarChart_example"><span class="types bigBarChart"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a bigBarChart track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track brainRegionRna
     type bigBarChart
     maxLimit 8000
     barChartUnit RPKM
     barChartLabel Brain Regions
     barChartMetric median
     barChartBars Amygdala Cerebellum Cortex Hippocampus
     barChartColors #ff0000 0,255,0 maroon navy
     shortLabel Brain RNA
     longLabel Brain Gene Expression
     spectrum on
     labelFields gene, name
     defaultLabelFields gene
     bigDataUrl http://...
     barChartMatrixUrl http://...
     barChartSampleUrl http://...
     </pre>
 </div>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - GROUP settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="group_intro">
 <H3>Predefined major track groupings</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>The simplest grouping:</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="group"><span class="types group"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>group &lt;groupId&gt;</code></div>
     <P>All tracks belong to
     one of several groups.  Hub tracks belong to the group that
     encompasses their hub.  Other tracks belong to one of the
     predefined groups.  For hg19 the following groups are defined:</P>
     <UL>
     <LI><code>map</code> - "Mapping and Sequence"</LI>
     <LI><code>phenDis</code> - "Phenotype and Disease Associations"</LI>
     <LI><code>genes</code> - "Genes and Gene Prediction"</LI>
     <LI><code>rna</code> - "mRNA and EST"</LI>
     <LI><code>expression</code> - "Expression"</LI>
     <LI><code>regulation</code> - "Regulation"</LI>
     <LI><code>compGeno</code> - "Comparative Genomics"</LI>
     <LI><code>neandertal</code> - "Neandertal Assembly and Analysis"</LI>
     <LI><code>varRep</code> - "Variation and Repeats"</LI>
     </UL>
     <P>If no group is set for a built-in track, then the track will end up
     in the Experimental Tracks section at the bottom.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="group_example"><span class="types group"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a track belonging to a predefined group</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myTrack
     group regulation
       ...    </pre>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - SUPERTRACK settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="superTrack_intro">
 <H3>Supertrack settings</H3>
     <P>The first 
     hierarchical container is called the supertrack, which may be thought of as 
     a folder that holds other tracks that by default are closed, unless the
     setting <code>show</code> is added. The Browser currently supports only one
     level of supertrack folders.  Generally the subtracks
     of a supertrack are of differing types.  If all the children are
     of the same type, it is often better to use the <a href="#compositeTrack">compositeTrack</a> grouping
     described below.  If all of the children are wig or bigWig tracks, it may
     be of interest to use a signal overlay "container multiWig" grouping. Signal
     overlay tracks display the signal data from several subtracks as colored
     transparencies, making it possible to see the data of several tracks together
     in a condensed view. See the <A HREF="#aggregate">multiWig</A> section for more information.</P> 
     <P>Supertracks can contain
     composite tracks and container multiWigs, but not vice versa. With supertracks,
     composite tracks, and container multiWigs, children will inherit the settings
     from their parents, but can override their parent settings within their own stanzas.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="superTrack"><span class="types superTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>superTrack on show</code></div>
     <p>
     To declare a supertrack, simply add this
     setting to a track definition that will hold a few standard
     settings. To set a supertrack to display as default add the word show,
     <code>superTrack on show</code>, to the end of the statement. To have
     the supertrack not display by default use only <code>superTrack on</code>.
     It may help to think of the original declaring supertrack stanza as a
     light switch that by default is off, and can be flipped on by adding <code>show</code>.</p>
     <p>
     All tracks that claim membership to the supertrack should set their
     own visibilities in lower stanzas by declaring settings such as
     <code>parent superTrack1</code> and also by having a separate
     <code>visibility dense</code> line. If no visibility setting
     is defined for a track, the default setting of hide is assigned.
     This can cause confusion if one mistakenly tries to set visibilities only
     at the top supertack stanza, not allowed, and leaves them out for each child.</p>
     <p>
     Do not confuse the parent line with how it is used in composites. For example,
     in supertracks DO NOT follow the example of <strike><code>parent superTrack1 [off/on]</code></strike>,
     where <code>[off/on]</code> will only work with composite tracks. When attempting to debug visibility
     settings, it may be helpful to read the <A href='#inheritance'>note about
     inheritance</A> found below.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="parent_supertrack"><span class="types superTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>parent &lt;superTrack&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Membership in a supertrack, composite, or aggregate track is declared by the
     child, not the supertrack itself with a line such as <code>parent superTrack1</code>.</p>
     <p>
     Do not confuse the parent line with how it is used in composites. For example,
     in supertracks DO NOT follow the example of <code>parent compositeTrack1 [off/on]</code>,
     which will only work with composite tracks.</p>
     <p>
     Any number of children may belong to one supertrack, but ten is a suggested number for usability
     considerations.  Stylistically, children's stanzas within the trackDB typically are indented
     directly under the stanza of the parent. However, this is less frequently the case with
     supertracks, because the children are often scattered in other places within the trackDb 
     file, or the supertrack children are themselves composites containing
     additional indentation that makes enforcement of the supertrack
     indentation impractical.</p>
     <p>
     All tracks that claim membership to the supertrack should set their
     own visibilities in lower stanzas by declaring separate settings such as
     <code>visibility dense</code>.When attempting to debug visibility settings, it may be
     helpful to read the <A href='#inheritance'>note about
     inheritance</A> found below.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="superTrack_example"><span class="types superTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Supertrack</B></div>
     <p>
     Example 1
     <pre>
     track myFolder
     superTrack on show
     shortLabel My Folder
     longLabel My folder keeps my tracks together
       ...
 
         track myFirstTrack
         parent myFolder
         visibility dense
           ...
 
         track mySecondTrack
         parent myFolder
         visibility hide
           ...    </pre>
     <p>The track called &quot;My Folder&quot; is declared as a supertrack and
     contains two children who claim membership with parent lines.
     Notice that the first track, <code>track myFirstTrack</code>, is visible by
     default with <code>visibility dense</code> (because the supertrack itself,
     <code>myFolder</code>, has the light-switch-like setting
     of <code>show</code> to display all the contents of the supertrack).
     The second track, <code>track mySecondTrack</code>, is not displayed,
     however, with <code>visibility hide</code> and will require clicking a
     box on the Track Setting page to display.</p>
     <p>Note: do not confuse the parent
     line with how it is used in composites. For example,
     in supertracks DO NOT follow the example of <strike><code>parent superTrack1 [off/on]</code></strike>,
     which will only work with composite tracks. See the
     <a href="../hubQuickStartGroups.html" target="_blank">Quick Start Guide to
     Organizing Track Hubs into Groupings</a> for more examples.</p>
 </p>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - COMPOSITE settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="compositeTrack_intro">
 <H3>Composite Tracks</H3>
     <P>Composite tracks are
     another level of hierarchy and are meant to group very similar tracks
     (called "subtracks") together such that they can all
     share the same configuration settings.  In its simplest form a
     composite holds tracks all of the same type (such as bigBed).
     Initially, all track within the set are configured identically.
     Usually only some of the subtracks are visible by default, and these
     will have the same display mode (e.g., <code>dense</code>)
     and optional settings (e.g., <code>viewLimits</code>).
     While default settings cover the entire composite of related tracks,
     in most cases individual subtracks can be configured by the user
     independently of the composite settings.  However, once individual
     subtrack settings are made, they can be overridden by new choices made at
     the composite level.  It may be helpful to read the "<A href='#inheritance'>Note about
     inheritance</A>" found below.</P>
     <P><I>Currently only the following track types can be organized into a 
     composite: item-based tracks (bed, bigBeg, broadPeaks, etc.), signal-based
     tracks (wig, bigWig, etc.), other remote file-based tracks (bams,
     vcf, etc.), chains/nets, genePred, psl, and wigMaf-type tracks.</I></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="compositeTrack_hub_intro">
 <H3>Composite Tracks</H3>
     <P>Composite tracks are
     another level of hierarchy and are meant to group very similar tracks
     (called "subtracks") together such that they can all
     share the same configuration settings.  In its simplest form a
     composite holds tracks all of the same type (such as bigBed).
     Initially, all track within the set are configured identically.
     Usually only some of the subtracks are visible by default, and these
     will have the same display mode (e.g., <code>dense</code>)
     and optional settings (e.g., <code>viewLimits</code>).
     While default settings cover the entire composite of related tracks,
     in most cases individual subtracks can be configured by the user
     independently of the composite settings.  However, once individual
     subtrack settings are made, they can be overridden by new choices made at
     the composite level.  It may be helpful to read the "<A href='#inheritance'>Note about
     inheritance</A>" found below.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="compositeTrack"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>compositeTrack on</code></div>
     <P>To declare a composite, simply add this setting
     to a track definition, along with a few standard settings.
     The subtrack stanzas always follow immediately after the
     composite track delaration and are indented from it.</P>
     Note that since children of composites inherit their parent's
     settings, many more trackDb settings will be found at the
     composite level than at the supertrack level.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="parent"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>parent &lt;composite&gt; [off/on]</code></div>
     <P>Membership in a composite is declared by the
     subtrack child, not the composite itself, through this setting. Any number of subtracks may
     belong to one composite, but display performance degrades significantly beyond a
     few hundred.  Set the <code>parent</code> setting to "on" to 
     indicate whether a subtrack should be visible (checked, selected) by default.
     Visibility settings in composite subtracks are directly inherited from the parent. Therefore,
     any visibility lines added at the child subtrack level of a composite will be ignored.</p>  
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="allButtonPair"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>allButtonPair on</code></div>
     <P>When a simple composite track presents a short list of
     subtracks, it can be convenient for the user to have an easy way to select or
     deselect all of them.  Include this setting to display an "<B>All</B> 
     <img style='vertical-align:middle;' src='/images/add_sm.gif' /><img style='vertical-align:middle;' src='/images/remove_sm.gif' />"
     <!-- Don't break the long line above, so that the buttons have no daylight between them -->
     (plus and minus button pair) for the user's convenience.  If
     the list contains more than 10 subtracks, other methods may be
     more useful for organizing and selecting subtracks (described below).
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="centerLabelsDense"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>centerLabelsDense &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>TODO: Should be made obsolete, with subtracks always sharing one label.</I> </P> -->
     <P>By default, only the composite track's single center label is shown when the 
     subtracks are displayed together in the Browser dense mode. 
     If <code>centerLabelsDense</code> is set to "on", the Browser will display a center 
     label for each subtrack. 
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dragAndDrop"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>dragAndDrop subTracks</code></div>
     <!-- <P><I>TODO: Should be made obsolete (and default behavior)</I></P> -->
     <P>When you have many subtracks in a composite track, it may be useful on the
     Track Setting page, also known as the hgTrackUi configuration page, to rearrange
     the subtracks.  One avenue of rearranging many subtracks is to employ the
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">sortOrder</A> setting, as described below, 
     or by allowing the user to drag and drop the subtracks to a new order 
     on the Track Setting page. The <code>dragAndDrop subTracks</code> setting will enable
     dragging by clicking on the check mark next to the subtrack on the configuration page.
     Tracks can thereby be rearranged into a final desired order, that will then be seen when
     browsing the tracks. However, the order of tracks can also be rearranged on the hgTracks 
     Browser image by directly dragging and dropping the displayed track data. Yet reordering subtracks
     in the Browser image in hgTracks will not be reflected back on the hgTrackUi configuration page.
     Note: This setting will not work correctly if 'container multiWig' is specified.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="hideEmptySubtracks"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format">
         <code>hideEmptySubtracks &lt;on/off&gt;</code></div>
     <p>When you have many subtracks in a composite track, it may be useful to limit the display
     to only those with data in the current viewing window.  This track setting produces a
     checkbox on the track configuration page allowing the user to enable or disable this feature.
     if <code>on</code> is specified, the feature is on by default (the checkbox is checked).
     </p>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="hideEmptySubtracksMultiBedUrl"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format">
         <code>hideEmptySubtracksMultiBedUrl file.bb</code></div>
     <p>
     For large composites, especially those where each subtrack may be sparse,
     substantial performance improvements can be gained by creating an index file of the 
     intersections of items in all subtracks (&quot;multiBed&quot;).  This file, and an
     accompanying sources file, are optional settings for the
     <code>hideEmptySubtracks</code> feature.
     Instructions for creating these files are at the MultiBed help page (TBD).</p>
     <p>
     NOTE: These settings are required to use the <code>hideEmptySubtracks</code> feature 
     with multi-view composites.</p>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="hideEmptySubtracksSourcesUrl"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format">
         <code>hideEmptySubtracksSourcesUrl file.tab</code></div>
     <p>
     This setting is used in conjunction with the <code>hideEmptySubtracksMultiBedUrl</code> 
     setting, described above.</p>
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="hideEmptySubtracksLabel"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format">
         <code>hideEmptySubtracksLabel &lt;label&gt;</code></div>
     <P>This setting is used in conjunction with the <code>hideEmptySubtracks</code> setting
     to customize the label preceding the selection checkbox on the track configuration page.
     Default wording is &quot;Hide empty subtracks&quot;.  Custom wording is useful to distinguish
     affected tracks in multi-view composites (e.g. &quot;Hide empty Peaks subtracks&quot;).
     </p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="compositeTrack_example"><span class="types compositeTrack"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Composite track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myComposite
     compositeTrack on
     parent myFolder
     shortLabel My Composite
     type bigWig 0 1.0
     viewLimits 0.0:0.2
     allButtonPair on
       ...
 
         track myFirstSubtrack
         parent myComposite on
           ...
 
         track mySecondSubtrack
         parent myComposite
           ...    </pre>
     <P>The composite with two subtracks shown.  All
     subtracks are of type bigWig and all have a default <code>viewLimits</code> of 0 - 0.2.  
     Notice the first subtrack is checked by default, but the second is not 
     (<code>parent</code> setting).  However, the Browser will display two buttons 
     (<code>allButtonPair</code> setting) that allow the user to
     select all subtracks, or deselect all of them and then check only those of 
     interest.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - SUBGROUPS settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="subGroups_intro">
 <H3>Subgroups</H3>
     <P>Within a composite track, two different grouping styles can be used to allow 
     the user to select tracks for display in the Browser.
     This section describes the configuration of "subgroups"; "views" are discussed in
     a subsequent section.</P>
     <P>
     The subgroup can be used for selecting sets of subtracks for display based on certain
     characteristics of the data. For instance, if  "cell" and "antibody" are
     defined as subgroups within a composite track, the user will be able to select
     subtracks based on specific cell types and antibodies to display in the Browser.  Up to 9
     subgroup types can be defined for a composite.  However, to minimize the complexity,
     it is strongly recommended that only two subgroups be defined
     for a given composite track. These will be presented in a simple X/Y matrix that is easy for
     the user to understand and navigate. It is possible to define more subgroups in additional 
     "abc" dimensions that will be presented to the user as drop-down multi-select dialogs,
     but use of these should be avoided or minimized.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="subGroupN"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>subGroup1 &lt;gTag1&gt; &lt;gTitle1&gt; &lt;mTag1a=mTitle1a&gt;
                         [mTag1b=mTitle1b&hellip;]</code><BR>
     <code>subGroup2 &lt;gTag2&gt; &lt;gTitle2&gt; &lt;mTag2a=mTitle2a&gt;
                         [mTag2b= mTitle2b&hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>Up to 9 subgroups may be declared, one per line.  Each subgroup declaration
     must include a whitespace-delimited tag, title, and one or more tag/title 
     membership pairs joined by an '<code>=</code>' equals sign. </P>
     <ul>
     <li> <code>tag</code>: Used in the code to select
     and sort subtracks based upon their membership.  Tag names
     must be alphanumeric, begin with a letter, not contain a period, and be formed
     such that the desired sort order of the member subtracks will result.</li>
     <li> <code>title</code>: Label of the subgroup as it appears on the 
     selection matrix that is displayed to the user, e.g.,"Antibody". Spaces within
     titles must be replaced by '<code>_</code>'.  A limited amount
     of HTML is allowed in titles, such as the insertion  of Greek letters using an HTML
     code. Any use of HTML should be tested to ensure that it displays correctly.</li>
     </ul>
     <P>Because subgroup settings are often lengthy, it is recommended that the 
     '<code>\</code>' line continuation character be used to break up the setting over
     multiple lines for easier reading. 
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="subGroups"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>subGroups &lt;gTag1=mTag1?&gt; [gTag2= mTag2?]</code></div>
     <P>The subtracks themselves declare their
     membership in a group with the <code>subGroups</code> setting.
     Each subtrack must declare its membership in all of its
     composite's subgroups.  Notice that membership is declared
     by pairs of tags: the group tag (e.g. gTag1) is paired with that
     group's member tag (e.g. mTag1b) as gTag1=mTag1b (cell=K562).</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dimensions"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>dimensions &lt;dimX=gTag#&gt; [dimY=gTag#] [dimA=gTag# ...]</code></div>
     <P>In order to define the type of UI desired for
     selecting subtracks based upon groups, additional settings are
     needed at the composite level.  For a one- or two-dimensional array of
     checkboxes, declare the dimensions X and Y.  Additional dimensions (called
     "abc") can be declared with this setting as dimA, dimB, etc.</P>  
     <P>Note that the order of the subgroups in a dimension is exactly the same as 
     the order they appear in the <code>subGroup#</code> setting, regardless of whether
     the subtrack list is sorted by tags. Please also note that if a hub is not going to use
     the X,Y matrix, dimX should be the first dimension defined rather than dimA.
     Also, the setting <code>allButtonPair on</code> will prevent the matrix from displaying.</p>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="filterComposite"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>filterComposite &lt;dim[A/B/C][=one]&gt; [dimB dimC ...]</code></div>
     <P>For the "abc"
     dimensions, rows of checkboxes will be shown by default.  However, this
     UI can be confusing, especially combined with a one- or two-dimensional matrix.
     Instead, it is recommended that you organize "abc"
     dimensions as drop-down multi-selects, often referred to as
     "filter" boxes due to their similarity to the
     <code>filterBy</code> setting discussed
     above.  Declare the subtrack filter boxes with the <code>filterComposite</code>
     setting.  Filter composites may work with or without the X/Y
     matrix, but are restricted to the "abc" dimensions.</P>
     <P>By default, the filter box for selecting
     subtracks is multi-select, meaning more than one choice is
     allowed.  It is possible to restrict this to a single choice by
     adding the "<code>=one</code>" option to the filter box definition.
     This might make sense when there are only 2 choices.  The choice
     of "all" is always available, while choosing nothing is an invalid
     case. Please note that if a hub is not going to use the X,Y matrix,
     then dimX should be the first dimension defined rather than dimA.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dimensionAchecked"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
     <div class="format"><code>dimension&lt;?&gt;checked &lt;mTag1a&gt;
                                 [mTag1b &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>One more complication in the selection process is
     determining which subgroup options are selected by default.  In the
     case of the X/Y matrix this can be determined by what subtracks
     are currently checked.  But, "abc" dimensions must have their
     selected state declared explicitly using the
     dimension&lt;?&gt;checked setting.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="controlledVocabulary"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>controlledVocabulary &lt;pathToFile&gt; &lt;gTag#=mdbVar&gt;
                             [gTag#=mdbVar &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS. Currently used only by ENCODE</I></P>
     <P>In ENCODE, subgroups
     are often based on metadata terms declared in the metaDb table and defined
     in the "controlled vocabulary", which is 
     stored as an ra file.  In this situation, the labels of these
     terms, as they are displayed in the track configuration page, can
     be linked to the controlled vocabulary definitions.  These links
     can be quite useful, as the term definition may include protocol
     documents and validation evidence.  In order to establish the
     links, each subGroup's tag must be tied to the actual metaDb
     term.
     </P>
     <!-- <P><I>TODO: Currently the file declared in this
     setting is not used, as the cv.ra file is always found in its
     standard location.</I></P> -->
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="sortOrder"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>sortOrder &lt;gTag#=+/-&gt; [gTag#=- &hellip;]</code></div>
     <P>When declaring subgroups, it is often useful to
     sort the subtrack list by those subgroups.  By including a
     sortOrder setting, long sets of subtracks are more easily
     organized and navigated by the user.  If there are only a few
     subtracks in the composite, sorting may be of little value and 
     <A onclick="return jumpTo(this);" HREF="#">dragAndDrop</a> may be a better option.
     Currently only subgroups can be defined in the sortOrder, but it
     is anticipated that this will expand to include short and long
     labels as well.  Sorting will occur on the tag values defined in the 
     <code>subGroup#</code> and <code>subGroups</code> settings.  By sorting
     on tags, non-alphanumeric orders can be defined.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="fileSortOrder"><span class="types subGroups downloadsOnly"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>fileSortOrder &lt;var=val&gt; [var=val ...]</code></div>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS. Currently used only by ENCODE</I></P>
     <P>Some composite track sets have their own
     directories of downloadable files and a special CGI for accessing
     those files.  In order to see the CGI interface for the download
     directory, the composite needs an object for each file defined in
     the metaDb.  The trackDb stanza for the composite also needs to
     have the fileSortOrder setting defined.  The setting is defined as
     a set of variable=value pairs, which defines the default sort
     order on metaDb variables.  The "var" portion of the each pair is
     a term defined in the metaDb for all of the file objects in the
     directory.  The "var" may also be "<code>fileType</code>" or "<code>fileSize</code>",
     which are not defined in the metaDb. The "val" is the title that the
     user will see as the column header for the sortable table of
     files.  This value can contain and '<code>_</code>' for spaces and limited HTML
         codes and special characters.  As always, you are encouraged to
     experiment.  The '<code>\</code>' continuation character should be used to
     break up this long setting into readable lines.
     </P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="subGroups_example"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of Composite tracks with Subgroups</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myComposite
     compositeTrack on
     subGroup1 cellLine Cell_Line \
             A1GM12=GM12878 \
             CD14=CD14+ &hellip;
     subGroup2 ab Antibody \
             H3K04ME3=H3K4me3 \
             H3K36ME3=H3K36me3 &hellip;
     dimensions dimX=ab dimY=cellLine
     sortOrder cell=+ ab=+
       ...
 
         track myFirstSubtrack
         parent myComposite on
         subGroups cellLine=CD14 ab=H3K04ME3
           ...    </pre>
     <P>This examples shows a composite with
     one subtrack and two subgroups.  The
     dimensions setting declares X and Y dimensions, which will display
     a 2D matrix on the composite's configuration page.  Notice that the
     title of the cellLine subgroup contains a blank space filled in
     with '<code>_</code>'.  The second cell line, "CD14+", includes an HTML encoding
     for '<code>+</code>' in its title, The two subgroups participate in the default
     sort order of subtracks, but they each have non-standard sort orders.  In the 
     cellLine subgroup, GM12878 sorts first by starting its tag with "A".  The 
     antibodies have numbers in their titles, but the tags expand
     the number with "0" to pad the spacing.  This ensures
     H3K4me3 sorts before H3K36me3.</P>
 
     <pre>
     track myCompositeIs3D
     compositeTrack on
     subGroup1 cellLine Cell_Line \
             A1GM12=GM12878 \
             CD14=CD14+ &hellip;
     subGroup2 ab Antibody \
             H3K04ME3=H3K4me3 \
             H3K36ME3=H3K36me3 &hellip;
     subGroup3 treat Treatment \
             TNFA=TNF-alpha \
             ZNONE=None &hellip;
     dimensions dimX=ab dimY=cellLine dimA=treat
     filterComposite dimA
     dimensionAchecked ZNONE
     controlledVocabulary encode/cv.ra cellLine=cell \
                                     ab=antibody \
                                     treat=treatment
     sortOrder cell=+ ab=+ treat=-
     fileSortOrder cell=Cell_Line \
                 antibody=Antibody \
                 fileSize=Size
       ...
 
         track myFirstSubtrackIn3D
         parent myCompositeIs3D on
         subGroups cellLine=CD14 ab=H3K04ME3 treat=ZNONE
           ...    </pre>
     <P>In this second example composite,
     one subtrack and three subgroups are shown.  As in the previous example, the
     dimensions setting declares X and Y dimensions, resulting in 
     a 2D matrix of "Antibody" and "Cell Line" options.  A third "Treatment" subgroup is 
     declared as the "A"
     dimension; the user will be able to select subtracks for this
     dimension via a dropdown multi-select filter box.  All three subgroups 
     participate in the default sort order of subtracks, and the treatment subgroup is 
     sorted in reverse order by default.  The "None" treatment
     sorts before all others (in reverse order) by beginning the tag with
     a "Z".  Note that for this "A" dimension,
     the "None" treatment will be selected by default.  By
     declaring the proper settings, using subGroups to organize a
     composite can be quite powerful.</P>
 
     <P>This example illustrates that
     subgroups, dimensions, and (in the case of ENCODE) controlled vocabulary and
     metadata all must be linked together for the composite to fully
     work.  Further, the actual terms, programmatic "tags"
     and user visible titles all have different constraints and roles
     to play in establishing this cohesion.  Subgroup tags are used to
     organize subtracks, while lettered dimensions organize the
     configuration page to more easily select subgroups of subtracks.
     For ENCODE tracks, the subgroups may be represented as metadata
     "terms" (distinct from tags) that are often carefully
     defined by a controlled vocabulary.  In the example above, the tag
     "ab" is used to organize subtracks into subgroups but
     is also tied to dimension X.  This ensures that antibodies will
     appear as the horizontal dimension in the 2D matrix on the
     configuration page, and the selection of an antibody will select the
     associated subtracks.  Of course the user does not see the
     antibody as "ab" but "Antibody".  Going
     further, the term as defined in controlled vocabulary is
     "antibody", so that for all the tables and files
     associated with this composite track, their metaDb objects should
     contain an "antibody" var and a given antibody (e.g.
     H3K4me3) will be found in the controlled vocabulary with a
     validation document.  All the relationships can be confusing, but
     the trackDb settings, if done correctly, can tie all these
     elements together in a nice cohesive package.</P>
 <!-- DONNA Above needs rewrite -->
 
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="subGroups_hub_example"><span class="types subGroups"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Examples of Composite tracks with Subgroups</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myComposite
     compositeTrack on
     subGroup1 cellLine Cell_Line \
             A1GM12=GM12878 \
             CD14=CD14+ &hellip;
     subGroup2 ab Antibody \
             H3K04ME3=H3K4me3 \
             H3K36ME3=H3K36me3 &hellip;
     dimensions dimX=ab dimY=cellLine
     sortOrder cell=+ ab=+
       ...
 
         track myFirstSubtrack
         parent myComposite on
         subGroups cellLine=CD14 ab=H3K04ME3
           ...    </pre>
     <P>This examples shows a composite with
     one subtrack and two subgroups.  The
     dimensions setting declares X and Y dimensions, which will display
     a 2D matrix on the composite's configuration page.  Notice that the
     title of the cellLine subgroup contains a blank space filled in
     with '<code>_</code>'.  The second cell line, "CD14+", includes an HTML encoding
     for '<code>+</code>' in its title, The two subgroups participate in the default
     sort order of subtracks, but they each have non-standard sort orders.  In the 
     cellLine subgroup,  GM12878 sorts first by starting its tag with "A".  The 
     antibodies have numbers in their titles, but the tags expand
     the number with "0" to pad the spacing.  This ensures
     H3K4me3 sorts before H3K36me3.</P>
 
     <pre>
     track myCompositeIs3D
     compositeTrack on
     subGroup1 cellLine Cell_Line \
             A1GM12=GM12878 \
             CD14=CD14+ &hellip;
     subGroup2 ab Antibody \
             H3K04ME3=H3K4me3 \
             H3K36ME3=H3K36me3 &hellip;
     subGroup3 treat Treatment \
             TNFA=TNF-alpha \
             ZNONE=None &hellip;
     dimensions dimX=ab dimY=cellLine dimA=treat
     filterComposite dimA
     dimensionAchecked ZNONE
     sortOrder cell=+ ab=+ treat=-
       ...
 
         track myFirstSubtrackIn3D
         parent myCompositeIs3D on
         subGroups cellLine=CD14 ab=H3K04ME3 treat=ZNONE
           ...    </pre>
     <P>In this second example composite,
     one subtrack and three subgroups are shown.  As in the previous example, the
     dimensions setting declares X and Y dimensions, resulting in 
     a 2D matrix of "Antibody" and "Cell Line" options.  A third "Treatment" subgroup is 
     declared as the "A"
     dimension; the user will be able to select subtracks for this
     dimension via a dropdown multi-select filter box.  All three subgroups 
     participate in the default sort order of subtracks, and the treatment subgroup is 
     sorted in reverse order by default.  The "None" treatment
     sorts before all others (in reverse order) by beginning the tag with
     a "Z".  Note that for this "A" dimension,
     the "None" treatment will be selected by default.  By
     declaring the proper settings, using subGroups to organize a
     composite can be quite powerful.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - VIEW settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="view_intro">
 <H3>Views</H3>
     <P>In addition to subgroups, a single
     composite can be divided into multiple "views".  Recall
     that a composite should be made up of subtracks of the same <code>type</code>.
     However, different types of subtracks can be combined into the same
     composite track if they are in separate  "views".  While
     views are like subgroups in many ways, they can carry their own
     settings.  This is necessary because the views within a composite may be for different
     types that have their own distinct configuration settings, for example bigBeds and
     bigWigs. </P>
     <P>The "view" (or
     "multi-view") organization is typically used when the
     same basic data is stored in multiple formats and granularities.  For
     example, a collection of views may include short read sequence alignments (type bam), signals
     representing pile-ups of aligned reads (type bigWig), and the  peaks (type
     bigBed) that are called in regions where  the evidence of experimental result is
     deemed significant.  These three "views" of the same
     experimental data can be seen more informatively as a cohesive set
     within a multi-view composite track.</P>
     <P>Views are declared both
     as a subgroup and as a separate track stanza.  A composite with
     multiple views has only views as children, and each view will have one
     or more subtracks as children.  The three levels must be defined
     together with indenting to make the hierarchy obvious.</P>
     
     <P id='inheritance'><div class="hintBox"><I><U>A note about
     inheritance.</U></I> Subtracks
     will inherit settings from their parents (both from composites and
     from views).  This is true when the setting is inheritable, which is generally
     the case.  Obvious exceptions are settings that are
     relevant only to the higher level.  Inheritance follows the "closest
     to home" paradigm in which a setting at the subtrack level
     takes precedence, followed by the view level setting, and finally 
     the composite level setting.  This inheritance applies to both the trackDb default settings 
     and the choices made by a user. Settings made 
     by the user involve a timing element as well:  a change to 
     a parent-level setting will override all settings of
     the same type for its children.  If the user subsequently makes a subtrack
     setting, it will override the inherited setting for that one
     subtrack.<BR><BR>
     An anomaly within the inheritance scheme is the "<code>visibility</code>" (display mode) 
     setting.  Unlike other settings, visibility is cumulatively restrictive from the
     supertrack level.  That is, if the parent has a visibility of  "<code>dense</code>" and the 
     child's visibility is
     "<code>pack</code>", the child will be displayed as "<code>dense</code>". If the parent is
     subsequently changed to "<code>full</code>" display mode, the child will now be shown in 
     "<code>pack</code>" mode.  At the trackDb
     level, default visibility is always cumulatively restrictive.
     However, when a user explicitly changes a subtrack visibility to be
     greater than what was inherited from parents, that subtrack's
     visibility will override the inheritance.  While the subtleties of
     inheritance can be hard to explain, they are often intuitive in
     practice. In composite subtracks, visibility settings are directly
     inherited from the parent composite, therefore, any visibility lines
     added at the child subtrack level of a composite will be ignored.
     Also note the <a href="#parent">parent</a> line should be referenced as
     <code>parent myComposite on</code> if one desires the child subtrack
     in a composite to be visible (checked, selected) by default.</p></div></P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="view"><span class="types view"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>subGroup1 view &lt;Views&gt; &lt;vTag1a=vTitle1a&gt; [vTag1b=vTitle1b&hellip;]</code><BR>
     <code>track &lt;viewName&gt;</code><BR>
     <code>view &lt;viewTag&gt;</code></div>
     <P>A view is always declared both as a subgroup
     and in a track stanza itself.  The subgroup declaration is like
     previous declarations, but the view subgroup must have the tag
     <code>view</code> and be declared as the first subgroup.  Note
     that the view stanza follows the composite stanza with one level
     of indentation.  Subtracks will follow their view with an
     additional level of indentation.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="parent_view"><span class="types view"></span>
 <div class="format">
     <code>subGroups view=&lt;vTag1&gt;&hellip;</code><BR>
     <code>parent &lt;viewName&gt; [off/on]</code></div>
     <P>A subtrack declares its membership in a view
     both as subgroup membership and with a parent setting that refers
     to the view track name.  Note that a track can only have one parent.  
     When the subtrack's parent is a view, the composite track is 
     its <em>implicit</em> grandparent.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="viewUi"><span class="types view"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>viewUi on</code></div>
     <P>If subtracks within a view are configurable,
     then the view will have the configuration controls for it in a box
     beneath the view's visibility drop down.  That box filled with
     configuration controls is hidden by default so that the UI is not
     too cluttered.  The user must first open the box before its
     contents are seen.  If there is only one view with configuration
     settings, or if the view is the most important one, the box can be
     open by default.  Use this setting in the view stanza of settings
     to default the configuration box as open.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="configurable"><span class="types view composite"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>configurable &lt;off/on&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Tracks are configurable by default if their
     track type supports this, and views and composites are 
     configurable if their children's track type supports this.
     Finally individual subtracks are configurable by default
     if their track type supports it.  Sometimes it is desirable
     to turn off configuration.  Configuration may be turned back
     on when it has been turned off at a higher level. For example, this might be
     useful in a situation with a multi-view composite where the composite
     level would normally be configurable, but you want only one of the
     views and not all of the children of that view to be configurable.
     While this setting might be rarely needed, it can help restrict
     the user from viewing your data in inappropriate ways.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="view_example"><span class="types view"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of a Composite track with Views</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myMultiViewComposite
     compositeTrack on
     visibility dense
     subGroup1 view Views PK=Peaks SIG=Signals
     subGroup2 cell Cell_Line \
             A1GM12=GM12878 \
             CD14=CD14+ &hellip;
     subGroup3 ab Antibody \
             H3K04ME3=H3K4me3 \
             H3K36ME3=H3K36me3 &hellip;
     dimensions dimX=ab dimY=cell
     sortOrder cell=+ ab=+ view=+
     type bed 3
       ...
 
         track myViewPeaks
         parent myMultiViewComposite
         shortLabel Peaks
         view PK
         visibility pack
         type bigBed 6 +
         scoreFilter 0
         scoreFilterLimits 0:1000
         viewUi on
           ...
 
             track myFirstPeakSubtrack
             parent myViewPeaks on
             subGroups cell=CD14 ab=H3K04ME3 view=PK
               ...    </pre>
     <P>The composite has two views, one of which is
     shown, along with a single subtrack belonging to that view.
     Notice that the view does not participate in the dimensions
     setting, as it is an implicit dimension controlled by a row of
     visibility dialogs at the top of the composite configuration page.
     Notice that the view does participate in the sortOrder setting
     like other subgroups.  In this example, the peaks view contains
     bigBed subtracks that all share the scoreFilter defaults
     defined at the view level.  Almost any setting that is common to
     the whole tree can be defined at the composite level; any setting
     that is common to the view can be set at the view level; and any
     setting that is specific to one subtrack should be set at that
     level.  Remembering <A href='#inheritance'>inheritance</A>, we 
     can see that the subtrack shown inherits its track type from
     the view, but has its default visibility limited by the composite.
     That is, it inherits packed visibility from the view but the
     composite will show all visible subtracks as dense.</P>
 
     <P>One additional thing to note is that this composite track is
     "<code>type bed 3</code>".  Composites do not need a type to define 
     their data format, since all data is associated with subtracks. Further, 
     multi-view composites almost always have multiple data formats.  
     But the "type" also controls what configuration options may be offered 
     for a track.  Typically, a single level composite has the same type as 
     all of its subtracks and offers user configuration options at the top 
     level. But a multi-view composite is most often given the bare-bones 
     "<code>type bed 3</code>", and offers user configuration options at 
     the view level.  Exceptions to this pattern do exist but they are rare.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - CONTAINER/MULTIWIG/AGGREGATE settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="container_intro">
 <H3>Aggregate or Overlay Tracks: multiWig</H3>
     <P>In some instances, data from multiple tracks is so closely
     related that it makes sense to view it as a single track.  The
     premiere example of this is the signal overlay
     track (i.e. "<code>multiWig</code>").  Signal overlay tracks display the signal
     data from several subtracks combined in several different ways, making it
     possible to see the data of several tracks together in a condensed
     view. The default overlay method for multiWigs is as colored transparencies,
     in which all the graphs are drawn on top of one other in such a way
     that overlapping regions are a different color. Another choice
     is solid overlay, where all the graphs are still drawn overlapping each
     other, but without transparency.  A third choice is stacked
     where the values of the subtracks are stacked on top of one another with
     no overlap such that the total height of the wiggle is the sum of 
     all the values in the subtracks.
     The value of the overlay track surpasses simply condensing the
     image.  Occasionally this is the most effective way to identify
     hidden relationships in the underlying data.  The overlay track
     should not be overused, however.  Attempts to overlay too many
     subtracks can hide important information as regions with many layered
     signals become too dark to interpret.  More than eight subtracks in a
     single overlay may prove less than ideal.  As with composites,
     it is important for the multiWig tracks to have the same data dimensions, 
     i.e. a signal height of 100 should be interpretable in the same
     way for the whole set of tracks.  While this is true for a composite
     or view, it is especially important for overlay tracks.  You cannot
     reasonably overlay a signal from 0-1 with another signal from 0-1000.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="container"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>container multiWig</code></div>
     <P>Signal overlay tracks are declared much like
     simple composites.  However, instead of a "composite"
     setting, they declare themselves as a "container" of
     "<code>type multiWig</code>".  Like simple composites, all subtrack
     types should be identical and the container itself should be
     declared as the same type (e.g. "<code>bigWig</code>").  Also like a composite,
     the container parent should have common settings for all children.
     Unlike composites, containers can have neither subgroups nor
     views.  Additionally, all subtracks within a container are configured as one; 
     there is no independent configuration of individual subtracks.  Even when the user
     sets the overlay method to none and the subtracks are viewed as
     separate signals, they are still configured as a set.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="parent_container"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>parent &lt;containerTrack&gt;</code></div>
     <P>Membership in a container track is declared at
     the subtrack level.  The subtracks should be defined with indent
     beneath their container parent.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="aggregate"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>aggregate &lt;transparentOverlay/stacked/solidOverlay/none&gt;</code></div>
     <P>It is important to declare an aggregation method; otherwise, this set of tracks displays 
     as a composite would, with additional restrictions. Of the four options, the preferred 
     setting is <code>transparentOverlay</code>. The setting <code>stacked</code>
     will draw the graphs in stacked mode.
     The setting <code>solidOverlay</code> should not be used if there
     are more than a couple of tracks, and <code>none</code> should never be the
     default.  The aggregation method is a configurable option,
     however, so the user may wish to temporarily set it to none in
     order to see subtleties hidden in overlay mode.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="showSubtrackColorOnUi"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>showSubtrackColorOnUi on</code></div>
     <P>Subtracks in an overlay have individual colors.  Use this setting to show the color 
     associated with each on the track configuration page.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="container_example"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an Aggregate track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myMultiWig
     container multiWig
     aggregate transparentOverlay
     showSubtrackColorOnUi on
     type bigWig 0 1000
     viewLimits 0:10
     maxHeighPixels 100:32:8
       ...
 
         track myFirstOverlaySig
         table myFirstWig
         parent myMultiWig
         color 255,128,128
         wig 0 1139
           ...
 
         track myFirstBigWig
         parent myMultiWig
         color 120,235,204
           ...    </pre>
     <P>This container is for a transparent overlay of
     signal tracks with 2 subtracks shown.  The tracks are
     of type "<code>bigWig</code>", though the first subtrack is a <code>wig</code>.
     Such mixtures are allowed.  Notice that the wig has a slightly
     larger range than the others.  The signal dimensions are close
     enough in this case, and the default viewLimit applied to all
     subtracks suggests that any signal above 10 is interpreted as
     strong. Note that each subtrack must define its color, and
     in this example, that color will be seen in the track
     configuration page as well as in the image.  Also notice that the
     first subtrack declares a table as distinct from its track name.
     Usually the table (or remote file root) name is the same as the
     track name.  The track name is a unique key.  But it is frequently
     the case that a table or remote data file may be displayed as an
     individual track or subtrack, as well  as part of a signal overlay
     track.  Setting the table name here suggests that a track named
     "myFirstWig" also exists and is displaying the same data used in
     this overlay track.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="container_hub_example"><span class="types container multiWig"></span>
 <div class="format"><B>Example of an Aggregate track</B></div>
     <pre>
     track myMultiWig
     container multiWig
     aggregate transparentOverlay
     showSubtrackColorOnUi on
     type bigWig 0 1000
     viewLimits 0:10
     maxHeighPixels 100:32:8
       ...
 
         track myFirstOverlaySig
         parent myMultiWig
         color 255,128,128
         type bigWig 0 1139
           ...
 
         track myFirstBigWig
         parent myMultiWig
         color 120,235,204
           ...    </pre>
     <P>This container is for a transparent overlay of
     signal tracks with 2 subtracks shown.  The tracks are
     of type "<code>bigWig</code>".  Notice that the first subtrack has a slightly
     larger range than the others.  The signal dimensions are close
     enough in this case, and the default viewLimit applied to all
     subtracks suggests that any signal above 10 is interpreted as
     strong. Note that each subtrack must define its color, and
     in this example, that color will be seen in the track
     configuration page as well as in the image.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <!-- - - - - - - - CUSTOM settings - - - - - - - -->
 <DIV class="customTracks_intro">
 <H3>Custom Tracks</H3>
     <P><I>NOT FOR HUBS.</I></P>
     <P>Custom tracks are
     tracks that get loaded into the Browser through the hgCustom CGI.
     Unlike locally hosted tracks, or even Data Hub tracks, they do not
     have a trackDb.ra  stanza to define their format and behavior in the
     Browser.   Nevertheless, they will support most of the settings as a
     locally hosted track of the same type.  There are a few additional
     settings that are needed to fully support custom tracks.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="genome"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>genome</code></div>
     <P>Filled with genome/assembly db name.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="offset"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>offset</code></div>
     <P>Used only once, to apply an offset to bed
     type data of a custom track.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="browserLines"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>browserLines</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with all trackDb.ra style lines from
     hgCustom input.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dataUrl"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>dataUrl</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled if custom tracks is loaded via URL.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="dbTrackType"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>dbTrackType</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     <P>Not sure how it is distinguished from
     tdbType.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="fieldCount"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>fieldCount</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with number of bed columns as
     determined in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="firstItemPos"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>firstItemPos</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with first bed item in bedList in
     hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="htmlFile"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>htmlFile</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with name if trash file that contains
     HTML description for custom track.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="htmlUrl"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>htmlUrl</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with user entered URL for track
 </DIV>
 <DIV class="initialPos"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>initialPos</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with position from hgCustom input.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="inputType"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>inputType</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with custom factory name as
     determined in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="itemCount"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>itemCount</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with bed item slCount in hgCustom
     CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="mafFile"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>mafFile</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with name of trash file that contains
     maf data as loaded in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="maxChromName"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>maxChromName</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Obsolete: Filled with minimum index size for
     db that won't "smoosh" together chromNames.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="origTrackLine"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>origTrackLine</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with "track" line as entered by user
     in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="tdbType"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>tdbType</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     <P>Holds the type that should go into
     tdb-&gt;type.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wibFile"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>wibFile</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with name of trash file that contains
     wib binary data as loaded in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>
 
 <DIV class="wigFile"><span class="types customTracks"></span>
 <div class="format"><code>wigFile</code></div>
     <P>Internal only &ndash; user does not set.
     Filled with name of trash file that contains
     wig data as loaded in hgCustom CGI.</P>
 </DIV>